Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

350 people

1 Д-350

В ДУХЕ2 PrepP Invar Prep)
1. \Д-350 кого-чего, чьём, каком (the resulting PrepP is subj-compl with copula ( subj: concr, abstr, or human), adv, or postmodif) (in a way) typical or characteristic of s.o. or sth. (as specified by the context): в духе X-a (в Х-овом духе) ' in the spirit of X
in the manner of person X along the lines of thing X in keeping with thing X on the order of thing X (in limited contexts) thing Y has a little of X in it (that's) person X's style (way) (the sort of thing) person X likes
в AdjP духе = in a AdjP spirit (vein, manner).

Письмо начиналось очень решительно, именно так: «Нет, я должна к тебе писать!» Потом говорено было о том, что есть тайное сочувствие между душами... Окончанье письма отзывалось даже решительным отчаяньем... Письмо было написано в духе тогдашнего времени (Гоголь 3). The letter began in a very determined tone, in these words: uNo, I really must write to you!" Then it went on to say that there was a mysterious affinity of souls... The end of the letter echoed downright despair....The letter was written in the spirit of the day (3c).

Усугубилась его (Чернышевского) манера логических рассуждений - «в духе тёзки его тестя», как вычурно выражается Страннолюбский (Набоков 1). His (Chernyshevski's) trick of logical reasoning was intensified-"in the manner of his father-in-law's namesake," as Stran-nolyubski so whimsically puts it (1a).

На северном хвостике косы был еще в духе Дикого Запада посёлочек, под названием Малый Бем и Копейка (Аксенов 7). At the northernmost tip of the spit was a small town called Bem-Minor-and-a-Kopeck that had a little of the Wild West in it... (7a).

Она мне очень понравилась, эта книга («Чудо-богатырь Суворов»)... Она была составлена в патриотическом духе... (Олеша 3). That book (The Wonderful Warrior Suvorov) pleased me very much.... It was written in a patriotic spirit... (3a).

Когда он говорил о себе, то всегда в мрачно-юмористическом духе (Набоков 1). When he spoke of himself it was always in a gloomily humorous vein (1a).

2. — чьём, кого (the resulting PrepP is subj-compl with copula (subj: human, abstr, or concr) or postmodif) a person or thing is of a type, category etc that appeals to s.o., that s.o. approves of

X в Y-овом духе = X is Y's sort (kind) of person (thing)
X is the sort of person (thing) Y likes.
Я уверен, что мои новые друзья тебе понравятся, они вполне в твоём духе. I'm sure you'll like my new friends, they're your sort of people.

(Суходолов:) Вот, видишь, вдали в дымке мачты... Это «Старые причалы». В твоём духе, поэтическое место... (Погодин 1). (S.:) There, you see those masts in the distant, smoky haze? That's "Old Harbor." The sort of thing you like, a poetic place (1a).

3. В ТОМ ЖЕ (В ТАКОМ (ЖЕ), В ЭТОМ (ЖЕ)) ДУХЕ ( adv, postmodif, or subj-compl with copula (subj: human, abstr, or concr)
fixed WO
in a way similar to what was stated or implied previously

along these (those) (same) lines
in the same vein (spirit, manner, way)
что-то в этом духе = something like that.

(Сарафанов:) Я подумал, что её, может быть, смущает разница в возрасте, может, боится, что её осудят, или... думает, что я настроен против... В этом духе я с ней и разговаривал, разубеждал её... (Вампилов 4). (S.:) I thought maybe she was bothered by the difference in age. Maybe she was afraid she'd be criticized...or thinks I'm against it....I talked to her along those lines, tried to convince her I wasn't against it... (4b).

Ребров ему (Сергею Леонидовичу) что-то про справку, а тот - про то, что зол на весь мир, находится в опаснейшем, мизантропическом настроении... мы погибнем от лицемерия - и что-то ещё в таком духе (Трифонов 1). No sooner had Rebrov said something to him about the certificate than Sergei Leonidovich declared that he was mad at the whole world, that he was in an extremely negative, misanthropic mood...that hypocrisy would be our downfall-and more in the same vein (1a).

По ленинским местам» фильм должен был называться или как-то в этом духе, я, признаться, точно не помню. А места эти, ленинские, они, как известно, в большинстве своём за рубежами нашей отчизны находятся. Потому что товарищ Ленин в своё время был тоже как бы невозвращенец (Войнович 1). I don't remember exactly what it (the film) was to be called-"In the Footsteps of Lenin"-something like that. As we know, the greater part of those footsteps occurred outside the borders of our country. Because Comrade Lenin at one time had been something of a defector himself (1a).

4. В ТОМ (В ТАКОМ) ДУХЕ, что... ( adv
fixed WO
approximately as follows

to the effect that
in the vein that.
(Отставной активист) высказывался в том духе, что... квартира в жилтовариществе советских фотографов превратилась в пристанище для сборищ с определенной подкладкой, с сомнительным душком (Аксенов 12)....The retired activist expressed himself to the effect that...an apartment in a housing community for Soviet photographers had been "turned into a haven for gatherings of a certain element, with a dubious air" (12a).

Он уже хотел было выразиться в таком духе, что, наслышась о добродетелях (Плюшкина)... почел долгом принести лично дань уважения, но спохватился и почувствовал, что это слишком (Гоголь 3). Не was about to venture an explanation in the vein that having heard of Pliushkin's virtues...he had deemed it his duty to pay him his due tribute of respect in person, but he reined up in time, realizing that it would be spreading it too thickly (3c).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > Д-350
2 Behindertenfußball

Behindertenfußball m

■ Fußball für Menschen mit Amputationen, für gehörlose, hörbehinderte, blinde, sehbehinderte, zerebral gelähmte und geistig behinderte Menschen.

football for the disabled

■ Football for people with physical or intellectual impairments, such as those with learning difficulties, those who are deaf or blind or are hearing or visually impaired, or those who suffer from cerebral palsy or are amputees.

Syn. disability football

German-english football dictionary > Behindertenfußball
3 Feuille de Soins

Form delivered after a visit to the doctor, dentist or the hospital, indicating the cost and details of treatment and/or the cost of medicine prescribed and brought from a chemists shop. For people who do nothave a French health insurance card ( Carte Vitale), this form must be completed then returned to the Caisse Primaire to claim reimbursement.

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais. Agriculture Biologique > Feuille de Soins
4 ἀλαζών

ἀλαζών, - όνος

Grammatical information: m. f.; also adj.

Meaning: `charlatan, quack, braggart, boaster' (Arist.).

Derivatives: ἀλαζονικός `boastful' (Hp.).

Origin: XX [etym. unknown]

Etymology: ἀλαζών is identical with the Thracian people's name Άλαζών. Perhaps it simply became an appellative; Bonfante BSL 37, 77ff. Cf., with a different meaning, vandal. S. Burkert RhM 105, 1962, 50f.

Page in Frisk: 1,62

Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > ἀλαζών
5 hold

I [həʊld]
nome

1) (grasp) presa f.

to get hold of — afferrare [ rope]

to keep (a) hold of o on — mantenere la presa su [ ball]

2) (possession)

to get hold of — procurarsi [book, ticket]; [ press] venire a sapere [ story]; scoprire [ information]

3) (contact)

to get hold of — chiamare, contattare

4) (control) controllo m., influenza f., ascendente m. (on, over su)

to get a hold of oneself — riprendersi

5) (storage, area) aer. bagagliaio m.; mar. stiva f.

6) (in wrestling) presa f.

7) (of spray, gel) fissaggio m.

8) tel.

to put a call on hold — mettere una chiamata in attesa

to put a project on hold — rimandare o sospendere momentaneamente un progetto
II 1. [həʊld]
verbo transitivo (pass., p.pass. held)

1) (clasp) tenere

to hold sth. in one's hand — tenere [qcs.] in mano [brush, pencil]; (enclosed) stringere [qcs.] in mano [ coin]

to hold sb. by — tenere qcn. per [sleeve, leg]

to hold sb. (in one's arms) — tenere qcn. tra le braccia

to hold each other — abbracciarsi

2) (maintain)

to hold one's head still — tenere la testa immobile

to hold sth. in place o position — tenere qcs. a posto

3) (arrange) organizzare [competition, election]; tenere [ conversation]; celebrare [ church service]; condurre [ enquiry]; fare [ interview]

to be held — avere luogo o tenersi

4) (have capacity for) [ theatre] avere una capacità di, (potere) contenere [ 350 people]

the bus holds ten (people) — il pulmino può trasportare 10 persone

to hold one's drink — reggere l'alcol

5) (contain) [drawer, box] contenere [ objects]

6) (support) reggere [ load]

7) (restrain) tenere [ dog]

there'll be no holding him — fig. non lo tiene nessuno

8) (keep against will) trattenere [ person]

to hold sb. hostage — tenere qcn. in ostaggio

9) (possess) possedere, avere [shares, power]; detenere [record, sporting title]; occupare [job, position]; avere, essere in possesso di [licence, degree]; avere [ title]; [ computer] conservare [ information]; avere [ mortgage]

10) (keep back) tenere [place, ticket]; fare aspettare [train, flight]; tenere, non inviare [ letter]; tenere in sospeso [ order]

hold it! — colloq. un momento! aspetta un attimo!

11) (believe) avere [opinion, belief]

to hold sb., sth. to be — ritenere che qcn., qcs. sia

to hold that — [ person] pensare che; [ law] dire che

to hold sb. liable o responsible — ritenere qcn. responsabile

12) (defend successfully) tenere [territory, city]; conservare, mantenere [ title]; mantenere [seat, lead]

to hold one's own — tenere duro, non demordere

13) (captivate) tenere desta l'attenzione di [ audience]; attirare [ attention]

14) tel.

to hold the line — attendere o restare in linea

15) mus. tenere [ note]

16) aut.

to hold the road — tenere la strada
2.
verbo intransitivo (pass., p.pass. held)

1) (remain intact) [rope, glue] tenere; fig. (anche hold good) [ theory] reggere

2) (continue) [ weather] tenere, mantenersi; [ luck] durare

3) tel. attendere (in linea)

4) (remain steady)

hold still! — stai fermo!
3.
verbo riflessivo (pass., p.pass. held)

to hold oneself well — tenersi bene su

- hold against

- hold back

- hold down

- hold forth

- hold in

- hold off

- hold on

- hold on to

- hold out

- hold over

- hold to

- hold together

- hold up

- hold with

* * *
I 1. [həuld] past tense, past participle - held; verb
1) (to have in one's hand(s) or between one's hands: He was holding a knife; Hold that dish with both hands; He held the little boy's hand; He held the mouse by its tail.)

2) (to have in a part, or between parts, of the body, or between parts of a tool etc: He held the pencil in his teeth; She was holding a pile of books in her arms; Hold the stamp with tweezers.)

3) (to support or keep from moving, running away, falling etc: What holds that shelf up?; He held the door closed by leaning against it; Hold your hands above your head; Hold his arms so that he can't struggle.)

4) (to remain in position, fixed etc when under strain: I've tied the two pieces of string together, but I'm not sure the knot will hold; Will the anchor hold in a storm?)

5) (to keep (a person) in some place or in one's power: The police are holding a man for questioning in connection with the murder; He was held captive.)

6) (to (be able to) contain: This jug holds two pints; You can't hold water in a handkerchief; This drawer holds all my shirts.)

7) (to cause to take place: The meeting will be held next week; We'll hold the meeting in the hall.)

8) (to keep (oneself), or to be, in a particular state or condition: We'll hold ourselves in readiness in case you send for us; She holds herself very erect.)

9) (to have or be in (a job etc): He held the position of company secretary for five years.)

10) (to think strongly; to believe; to consider or regard: I hold that this was the right decision; He holds me (to be) responsible for everyone's mistakes; He is held in great respect; He holds certain very odd beliefs.)

11) (to continue to be valid or apply: Our offer will hold until next week; These rules hold under all circumstances.)

12) ((with to) to force (a person) to do something he has promised to do: I intend to hold him to his promises.)

13) (to defend: They held the castle against the enemy.)

14) (not to be beaten by: The general realized that the soldiers could not hold the enemy for long.)

15) (to keep (a person's attention): If you can't hold your pupils' attention, you can't be a good teacher.)

16) (to keep someone in a certain state: Don't hold us in suspense, what was the final decision?)

17) (to celebrate: The festival is held on 24 June.)

18) (to be the owner of: He holds shares in this company.)

19) ((of good weather) to continue: I hope the weather holds until after the school sports.)

20) ((also hold the line) (of a person who is making a telephone call) to wait: Mr Brown is busy at the moment - will you hold or would you like him to call you back?)

21) (to continue to sing: Please hold that note for four whole beats.)

22) (to keep (something): They'll hold your luggage at the station until you collect it.)

23) ((of the future) to be going to produce: I wonder what the future holds for me?)
2. noun
1) (the act of holding: He caught/got/laid/took hold of the rope and pulled; Keep hold of that rope.)

2) (power; influence: He has a strange hold over that girl.)

3) ((in wrestling etc) a manner of holding one's opponent: The wrestler invented a new hold.)

•

- - holder
- hold-all
- get hold of
- hold back
- hold down
- hold forth
- hold good
- hold it
- hold off
- hold on
- hold out
- hold one's own
- hold one's tongue
- hold up
- hold-up
- hold with II [həuld] noun
((in ships) the place, below the deck, where cargo is stored.)

* * *
I [həʊld]
nome

1) (grasp) presa f.

to get hold of — afferrare [ rope]

to keep (a) hold of o on — mantenere la presa su [ ball]

2) (possession)

to get hold of — procurarsi [book, ticket]; [ press] venire a sapere [ story]; scoprire [ information]

3) (contact)

to get hold of — chiamare, contattare

4) (control) controllo m., influenza f., ascendente m. (on, over su)

to get a hold of oneself — riprendersi

5) (storage, area) aer. bagagliaio m.; mar. stiva f.

6) (in wrestling) presa f.

7) (of spray, gel) fissaggio m.

8) tel.

to put a call on hold — mettere una chiamata in attesa

to put a project on hold — rimandare o sospendere momentaneamente un progetto
II 1. [həʊld]
verbo transitivo (pass., p.pass. held)

1) (clasp) tenere

to hold sth. in one's hand — tenere [qcs.] in mano [brush, pencil]; (enclosed) stringere [qcs.] in mano [ coin]

to hold sb. by — tenere qcn. per [sleeve, leg]

to hold sb. (in one's arms) — tenere qcn. tra le braccia

to hold each other — abbracciarsi

2) (maintain)

to hold one's head still — tenere la testa immobile

to hold sth. in place o position — tenere qcs. a posto

3) (arrange) organizzare [competition, election]; tenere [ conversation]; celebrare [ church service]; condurre [ enquiry]; fare [ interview]

to be held — avere luogo o tenersi

4) (have capacity for) [ theatre] avere una capacità di, (potere) contenere [ 350 people]

the bus holds ten (people) — il pulmino può trasportare 10 persone

to hold one's drink — reggere l'alcol

5) (contain) [drawer, box] contenere [ objects]

6) (support) reggere [ load]

7) (restrain) tenere [ dog]

there'll be no holding him — fig. non lo tiene nessuno

8) (keep against will) trattenere [ person]

to hold sb. hostage — tenere qcn. in ostaggio

9) (possess) possedere, avere [shares, power]; detenere [record, sporting title]; occupare [job, position]; avere, essere in possesso di [licence, degree]; avere [ title]; [ computer] conservare [ information]; avere [ mortgage]

10) (keep back) tenere [place, ticket]; fare aspettare [train, flight]; tenere, non inviare [ letter]; tenere in sospeso [ order]

hold it! — colloq. un momento! aspetta un attimo!

11) (believe) avere [opinion, belief]

to hold sb., sth. to be — ritenere che qcn., qcs. sia

to hold that — [ person] pensare che; [ law] dire che

to hold sb. liable o responsible — ritenere qcn. responsabile

12) (defend successfully) tenere [territory, city]; conservare, mantenere [ title]; mantenere [seat, lead]

to hold one's own — tenere duro, non demordere

13) (captivate) tenere desta l'attenzione di [ audience]; attirare [ attention]

14) tel.

to hold the line — attendere o restare in linea

15) mus. tenere [ note]

16) aut.

to hold the road — tenere la strada
2.
verbo intransitivo (pass., p.pass. held)

1) (remain intact) [rope, glue] tenere; fig. (anche hold good) [ theory] reggere

2) (continue) [ weather] tenere, mantenersi; [ luck] durare

3) tel. attendere (in linea)

4) (remain steady)

hold still! — stai fermo!
3.
verbo riflessivo (pass., p.pass. held)

to hold oneself well — tenersi bene su

- hold against

- hold back

- hold down

- hold forth

- hold in

- hold off

- hold on

- hold on to

- hold out

- hold over

- hold to

- hold together

- hold up

- hold with

English-Italian dictionary > hold
6 hold

hold [həʊld]

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. noun

2. transitive verb

3. intransitive verb

4. Phrasal Verbs

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► vb: pret, ptp held

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. noun

   a. ( = grip) prise f

• he loosened his hold il a desserré son étreinte f

• I tried to break free from his hold j'ai essayé de me dégager

• to seize hold of saisir

• to have hold of sth tenir qch

   b. ( = control) emprise f

• the president has consolidated his hold on the media le président a renforcé son emprise sur les médias

   c. (Wrestling) prise f

• no holds barred (inf) tous les coups sont (or étaient etc) permis

   d. [of hairspray, hair gel] fixation f

   e. [of ship] cale f ; [of plane] soute f

   f. (set structures)

► to catch hold (of sth) attraper (qch)

• he caught hold of her arm il l'a attrapée par le bras► to get/take a hold of ( = catch) prendre

• to get a hold of o.s. se contrôler

• get a hold of yourself! ressaisis-toi !► to get hold of ( = find) [+ object] réussir à se procurer ; [+ details, information] réussir à obtenir ; ( = contact) [+ person] contacter

• can you get hold of £500 by tomorrow? est-ce que tu peux te procurer 500 livres d'ici demain ?

• children can all too easily get hold of drugs les enfants peuvent trop facilement se procurer de la drogue

• where did you get hold of that idea? où as-tu été pêcher (inf) cette idée ?

• the press got hold of the story la presse s'est emparée de l'histoire► to take hold [fire] prendre ; [custom] se répandre ; [idea] faire son chemin ; [recession, economic recovery, disease] s'installer ; [ceasefire] tenir

• take hold! tiens !► to keep hold of tenir fermement

• keep hold of the idea that... dites-vous bien que...► on hold [phone call, order] en attente

• nuclear testing was put on hold les essais nucléaires ont été suspendus

• he put his career on hold to spend more time with his family il a mis sa carrière entre parenthèses pour se consacrer davantage à sa famille

2. transitive verb

   a. ( = grasp) tenir

• he held my arm il me tenait le bras

• she was holding her sister's hand elle tenait la main de sa sœur

• they were holding hands ils se tenaient par la main

• she held him tight elle l'a serré très fort

• hold him tight or he'll fall tenez-le bien pour qu'il ne tombe pas

   b. ( = keep in place) to hold sth in place maintenir qch en place

• she held the door open elle a tenu la porte (ouverte)

   c. ( = support) supporter

• the ladder won't hold you l'échelle ne supportera pas ton poids

   d. ( = maintain) to hold o.s. upright se tenir droit

• to hold an opinion avoir une opinion

• to hold sb's attention/interest retenir l'attention/l'intérêt de qn

• this car holds the road well cette voiture tient bien la route

• to hold one's breath retenir son souffle

• don't hold your breath! ( = don't count on it) n'y compte pas trop !

• hold the line please! ne quittez pas !

   e. ( = possess) [+ ticket, permit, driving licence] avoir ; [+ shares, record] détenir

   f. ( = defend successfully) tenir

• the army held the bridge against the enemy l'armée a tenu le pont malgré les attaques de l'ennemi

• to hold one's serve (Tennis) gagner son service

► to hold one's own bien se débrouiller

• he can hold his own in German il se débrouille très bien en allemand

• he can hold his own with anybody il ne s'en laisse pas remontrer

   g. ( = occupy) [+ post, position] occuper

• he holds the post of headmaster il occupe le poste de directeur

   h. ( = cause to take place) [+ meeting, election, debate] tenir ; [+ conversation] avoir ; [+ examination] organiser

• the exhibition is always held here l'exposition se tient toujours ici

• they are holding a service to mark the day ils ont prévu une cérémonie pour commémorer ce jour

• to hold interviews [employer] faire passer des entretiens

• the interviews are being held in London les entretiens ont lieu à Londres

   i. ( = contain) contenir

• this box will hold all my books cette caisse est assez grande pour contenir tous mes livres

• this bottle holds one litre cette bouteille peut contenir un litre

• this room holds 20 people cette salle peut accueillir 20 personnes

• I wonder what the future holds je me demande ce que l'avenir nous réserve

• she can hold her drink! (inf) elle supporte très bien l'alcool

   j. ( = keep) garder

• I will hold the money until... je garderai l'argent jusqu'à ce que...

• my lawyer holds these documents ces documents sont chez mon avocat

• we don't hold that information on our files nous n'avons pas ces informations dans nos fichiers

• the data is held on computer les données sont informatisées

   k. ( = restrain) [+ person] retenir

• the police held him for two days la police l'a gardé (à vue) pendant deux jours

• there's no holding him il n'y a pas moyen de l'arrêter

• hold it! (inf) stop !

   l. ( = believe) to hold that... maintenir que...

• to hold sth to be true considérer qch comme vrai

• to hold sb responsible for sth tenir qn pour responsable de qch

• to hold in high esteem tenir en haute estime

   m. ► to hold sth against sb en vouloir à qn de qch

• I don't hold it against him je ne lui en veux pas

3. intransitive verb

   a. ( = remain in place) [rope, nail, dam] tenir

• to hold firm ( = stay in place) tenir

   b. [weather] se maintenir

   c. (on phone) can you hold, please? ne quittez pas !

• I've been holding for several minutes cela fait plusieurs minutes que j'attends

   d. [statement, argument] être valable

• your argument doesn't hold votre argument n'est pas valable

4. Phrasal Verbs

► hold back

1. intransitive verb

( = not move forward) rester en arrière ; ( = not act) se retenir

• I held back from telling him what I really thought je me suis retenu de lui dire ce que je pensais vraiment

2. separable transitive verb

   a. [+ fears, emotions] maîtriser ; [+ tears] retenir

• the police held back the crowd la police a contenu la foule

• to hold sb back from doing sth empêcher qn de faire qch

• they held back the names of the victims ils n'ont pas divulgué le nom des victimes

• he was holding something back from me il me cachait quelque chose

   b. (US) [+ pupil] faire redoubler

• to be held back redoubler► hold down separable transitive verb

   a. ( = keep in place) maintenir en place ; [+ person] maîtriser

   b. [+ aspiring person] empêcher de progresser

   c. [+ costs, prices, inflation, taxes] empêcher d'augmenter

   d. [+ job] ( = have) occuper ; ( = keep) garder

• she's managed to hold down a job as well as looking after the children elle a réussi à continuer de travailler tout en s'occupant des enfants

• he can't hold down a job il ne garde jamais longtemps le même travail► hold forth intransitive verb faire des discours

► hold in separable transitive verb retenir

• hold your stomach in! rentre ton ventre !

• go ahead and cry, don't hold it in laisse-toi aller et pleure, n'essaie pas de te retenir► hold off

1. intransitive verb

• the rain has held off so far jusqu'ici il n'a pas plu

2. separable transitive verb

   a. ( = prevent from approaching) tenir à distance

• try to hold him off a little longer ( = make him wait) essayez de le faire patienter encore un peu

   b. ( = resist) to hold off a challenge from sb résister aux attaques de qn

   c. ( = delay) to hold off doing sth attendre pour faire qch► hold on

1. intransitive verb

   a. ( = endure) tenir bon

   b. ( = wait) attendre

• hold on! attendez ! ; (on telephone) ne quittez pas !

2. separable transitive verb

maintenir (en place)

• this hinge holds the lid on cette charnière maintient le couvercle en place► hold on to inseparable transitive verb

   a. ( = cling to) [+ rope, raft, branch] s'accrocher à ; [+ hope, idea] se raccrocher à

   b. ( = keep) garder

• hold on to this for me ( = hold it) tiens-moi ça ; ( = keep it) garde-moi ça

• hold on to that, it might be valuable garde-le, ça a peut-être de la valeur► hold out

1. intransitive verb

   a. ( = last) [supplies] durer

• how long will the food hold out? combien de temps est-ce que les provisions vont durer ?

• if his luck holds out s'il continue à avoir de la chance

   b. ( = resist) tenir bon

• to hold out against [+ enemy, attacks] tenir bon devant ; [+ change, progress, threats] résister à

• they are holding out for more pay ils continuent de demander une augmentation

2. separable transitive verb

[+ object, hand] tendre ( sth to sb qch à qn)

• to hold out one's arms ouvrir les bras

3. inseparable transitive verb

• to hold out the hope of sth permettre d'espérer qch

• the doctors hold out little hope for him les médecins ont peu d'espoir de le sauver

• the negotiations held out little hope of a settlement les négociations laissaient entrevoir peu d'espoir de parvenir à un accord► hold out on (inf) inseparable transitive verb

• you've been holding out on me! tu m'as caché quelque chose !► hold over separable transitive verb remettre

• the meeting was held over until Friday la réunion a été remise à vendredi► hold to

1. inseparable transitive verb

s'en tenir à

• I hold to what I said je m'en tiens à ce que j'ai dit

2. separable transitive verb

• to hold sb to a promise faire tenir parole à qn

• I'll hold you to that! je te prends au mot !► hold together

1. intransitive verb

[objects] tenir (ensemble) ; [groups, people] rester uni

• the coalition will never hold together for six months la coalition ne tiendra jamais six mois

• we must hold together il faut rester unis

2. separable transitive verb

[+ objects] maintenir ensemble ; [+ political party] maintenir l'union de

• he held the family together c'est grâce à lui que la famille est restée unie

► hold up

1. intransitive verb

   a. (physically) tenir

• that building won't hold up much longer ce bâtiment ne tiendra plus longtemps debout

   b. [argument] être valable

• the evidence doesn't hold up ces preuves ne résistent pas à l'analyse

2. separable transitive verb

   a. ( = raise) lever

• hold it up higher tiens-le plus haut

• hold up your hand levez la main

• hold it up so that we can see it levez-le pour qu'on le voit

• I'll never be able to hold my head up again je ne pourrai plus jamais marcher la tête haute

   b. ( = support) soutenir

• the roof is held up by pillars le toit est soutenu par des piliers

   c. ( = stop) arrêter ; ( = suspend) suspendre ; ( = cause delay to) retarder

• the traffic was held up by the accident l'accident a ralenti la circulation

• I'm sorry, I was held up excusez-moi, j'ai été retenu

   d. [robber] attaquer (à main armée)

* * *
[həʊld] 1.
noun

1) ( grasp) prise f

to get hold of — attraper

to keep (a) hold of ou on — tenir

2) ( possession)

to get hold of — se procurer [book, ticket]; [press] avoir vent de [story]; découvrir [information]

3) ( contact)

to get hold of — ( by phone) joindre; ( by other means) trouver

4) ( control) emprise f (on, over sur)

to have a hold on ou over somebody — avoir de l'emprise sur quelqu'un

to get a hold of oneself — se reprendre

5) Telecommunications

on hold — en attente

to put a call on hold — mettre un appel en attente

to put a project on hold — gen laisser un projet en suspens

6) (storage, area) Aviation soute f; Nautical cale f

7) ( in wrestling) prise f

8) (of spray, gel) fixation f
2.
transitive verb (prét, pp held)

1) ( clasp) tenir

to hold something in one's hand — tenir quelque chose à la main [brush, pencil]; ( enclosed) tenir quelque chose dans la main [coin, sweet]

to hold somebody by — tenir quelqu'un par [sleeve, leg]

to hold somebody (in one's arms) — serrer quelqu'un dans ses bras

to hold each other — se serrer l'un contre l'autre

2) ( maintain)

to hold one's head still — tenir sa tête immobile

to hold oneself well — se tenir bien

to hold something in place ou position — maintenir quelque chose en place

3) ( arrange) gen organiser; avoir [conversation]; célébrer [church service]; mener [enquiry]; faire passer [interview]

to be held — avoir lieu

4) ( have capacity for) (pouvoir) contenir [350 people]

the bus holds ten (people) — le bus a dix places

5) ( contain) [drawer, cupboard, box, case] contenir [objects, possessions]

6) ( support) supporter [weight, load, crate]

7) ( restrain) tenir [dog]

there'll be no holding him — fig on ne pourra plus l'arrêter

8) ( keep against will) détenir [person]

to hold somebody hostage — garder quelqu'un en otage

9) ( possess) détenir, avoir [shares, power, record]; être titulaire de [degree, sporting title]; occuper [job, position]; avoir, être en possession de [passport, licence]; porter [title]; avoir [mortgage]; [computer] conserver [information]

10) ( keep back) garder [place, ticket]; faire attendre [train, flight]; mettre [quelque chose] en attente [letter, order]

hold it! — (colloq) minute! (colloq)

11) ( believe) avoir [opinion, belief]

to hold somebody/something to be — tenir quelqu'un/quelque chose pour

to hold somebody liable ou responsible — tenir quelqu'un pour responsable

to hold that — [person] soutenir que; [law] dire que

12) ( defend successfully) tenir [territory, city]; conserver [title, seat, lead]

to hold one's own — se défendre tout seul

13) ( captivate) captiver [audience]; capter, retenir [attention]

14) Telecommunications

can you hold the line please — ne quittez pas s'il vous plaît

15) Music tenir [note]

16) Automobile

to hold the road — tenir la route
3.
intransitive verb (prét, pp held)

1) ( remain intact) tenir; fig (also hold good) tenir

2) ( continue) [weather] rester beau, se maintenir; [luck] continuer, durer

3) Telecommunications patienter

4) ( remain steady)

hold still! — tiens-toi tranquille!

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- hold against

- hold back

- hold down

- hold forth

- hold in

- hold off

- hold on

- hold on to

- hold out

- hold over

- hold to

- hold together

- hold up

- hold with

English-French dictionary > hold
7 hold

hold ⇒ Capacity measurement

A n

1 (grasp, grip) prise f ; to get hold of attraper [rope, handle] ; to keep (a) hold of ou on tenir [ball, rail, hand] ; ⇒ catch, grab, grasp, seize, take ;

2 ( possession) to get hold of se procurer [book, ticket, document] ; [press] avoir vent de [story] ; découvrir [details, information] ;

3 ( contact) to get hold of ( by phone) joindre [person] ; ( by other means) trouver [person] ;

4 ( control) emprise f (on, over sur) ; to have a hold on ou over sb avoir de l'emprise sur qn ; to get a hold of oneself se reprendre ;

5 (storage, area) Aviat soute f ; Naut cale f ;

6 Sport ( in wrestling) prise f ; to have sb in a hold faire une prise à qn ;

7 (of hairspray, gel) fixation f ; normal/extra hold fixation normale/extra-forte.

B vtr ( prét, pp held)

1 ( clasp) tenir [object, hand, person] (above, over au-dessus de ; against contre) ; to hold sth in one's hand tenir qch à la main [brush, pencil, stick] ; ( enclosed) tenir qch dans la main [button, coin, sweet] ; to hold sth/sb by tenir qch/qn par [handle, stem, sleeve, leg] ; to hold one's stomach/head (in pain) se tenir l'estomac/la tête (à cause de la douleur) ; to hold sb (in one's arms) serrer qn dans ses bras ; to hold each other se serrer l'un contre l'autre ; can you hold my bag for me? tu peux me tenir mon sac? ;

2 ( maintain) to hold one's head upright/still tenir sa tête droite/immobile ; to hold one's hands apart/still tenir ses mains écartées/immobiles ; to hold a pose/smile garder une pose/un sourire ; to hold sth in place ou position maintenir qch en place ; to hold one's speed maintenir sa vitesse ;

3 ( arrange) organiser, tenir [meeting, talks] ; organiser [competition, ballot, demonstration, course, election] ; organiser, donner [party, reception] ; organiser, monter [exhibition, show] ; avoir [conversation] ; célébrer [church service] ; mener [enquiry] ; faire passer [interview] ; to be held avoir lieu ;

4 ( have capacity for) [box, case, tank] (pouvoir) contenir [objects, amount] ; [theatre, room] avoir une capacité de [350 people] ; the bus holds ten (people) le bus a dix places ; to (be able to) hold one's drink ou liquor tenir l'alcool ;

5 ( contain) [drawer, cupboard, box, case] contenir [objects, possessions] ;

6 ( support) [shelf, fridge, branch, roof] supporter [weight, load, crate] ; the branch won't hold you la branche ne supportera pas ton poids ;

7 ( restrain) [dam, wall] retenir, contenir [water, flood waters] ; [person] tenir [dog] ; maîtriser [thief] ; there is/there'll be no holding him fig on ne peut/pourra plus l'arrêter ;

8 ( keep against will) [police, kidnappers] détenir [person] ; to hold sb prisoner/hostage garder qn prisonnier/en otage ;

9 ( possess) détenir, avoir [shares, power, record, playing card] ; être titulaire de [degree, sporting title, cup] ; occuper [job, position] ; avoir, être en possession de [ticket, passport, licence] ; porter [title] ; Jur, gen [bank, computer, police, solicitor] conserver [document, information, money] ; avoir [mortgage] ;

10 ( keep back) garder [place, seat, ticket] ; faire attendre [train, flight] ; mettre [qch] en attente [letter, order] ; hold it ○ ! minute ○ ! ; hold everything! arrête tout! ; two burgers, but hold the mustard! deux hamburgers, sans moutarde ;

11 ( believe) avoir [opinion, belief] ; to hold sb/sth to be tenir qn/qch pour, considérer qn/qch comme ; to hold that [person] soutenir que ; [law, theory] dire que ; to hold sb liable ou responsible tenir qn pour responsable ;

12 ( defend successfully) Mil tenir [territory, city, bridge] ; Pol, Sport conserver [title, seat, lead, position] ; ( in tennis) to hold one's serve ou service gagner or remporter son service ; to hold one's own [person] se défendre tout seul (against contre) ; [army] tenir bon (against devant) ;

13 ( captivate) captiver [person, audience, class] ; capter, retenir [attention, interest] ;

14 Telecom to hold the line patienter, rester en ligne ; can you hold the line please ne quittez pas s'il vous plaît ;

15 Mus tenir [note] (for pendant) ;

16 Aut to hold the road tenir la route.

C vi ( prét, pp held)

1 ( remain intact) [rope, shelf, bridge, dam, glue] tenir ; fig ( also hold good) [theory, offer, objection, law] tenir ;

2 ( continue) [weather] rester beau/belle, se maintenir ; [luck] continuer, durer ;

3 Telecom patienter ;

4 ( remain steady) hold still! tiens-toi tranquille!

D v refl ( prét, pp held) to hold oneself upright/well se tenir droit/bien.

E on hold adv phr

1 Telecom en attente ; to put sb on hold Telecom faire patienter qn ; to put a call on hold Telecom mettre un appel en attente ;

2 to put one's plan/a project on hold gen laisser ses projets/un projet en suspens.

Phrasal verbs

■ hold against: to hold sth against sb reprocher qch à qn ; to hold it against sb that en vouloir à qn parce que ; I don't hold it against him/them je ne lui/leur en veux pas ; your age could be held against you ton âge pourrait jouer en ta défaveur.

■ hold back:

▶ hold back se retenir ; to hold back from doing se retenir de faire, préférer ne pas faire ;

▶ hold [sb/sth] back, hold back [sb/sth]

1 ( restrain) contenir [water, tide, crowd, animals] ; retenir [hair, tears] ; retenir [person] ; refouler [feelings] ; contenir [anger] ; to hold back one's laughter se retenir or s'empêcher de rire ;

2 ( prevent progress of) ( involuntarily) [person] retarder [person, group] ; ( deliberately) [person] retenir [person] ; [background, poor education] gêner [person] ; entraver [production, progress, development] ;

3 ( withhold) [person, government, organization] cacher [information, result] ; ( to protect privacy) tenir [qch] secret, ne pas divulguer [name, information, identity] ; [person, company] différer [payment].

■ hold down:

▶ hold [sb/sth] down, hold down [sb/sth]

1 ( prevent from moving) maintenir [qch] en place [tent, carpet, piece of paper] ; tenir, maîtriser [person] ;

2 ( press down) appuyer sur [pedal, key] ;

3 ( keep at certain level) limiter [number, rate, expenditure, costs, inflation] ; limiter l'augmentation de [wages, taxes, prices] ;

4 ( keep) ( not lose) garder [job] ; ( have) avoir [job].

■ hold forth péj disserter, pérorer pej (about, on sur).

■ hold in:

▶ hold [sth] in, hold in [sth]

1 ( restrain) réprimer, contenir [feeling, anger, disappointment] ;

2 ( pull in) rentrer [stomach, buttocks].

■ hold off:

▶ hold off [enemy] accorder un répit ; [creditors] accorder un délai ; I hope the rain holds off j'espère qu'il ne pleuvra pas ; the rain held off until after the match il s'est mis à pleuvoir après le match ; to hold off buying/making a decision reporter l'achat/la décision à plus tard ; he held off leaving until the weekend il a reporté son départ au week-end ;

▶ hold [sb] off, hold off [sb] tenir [qn] à distance [enemy, creditor, journalists] ; faire patienter [client] ;

▶ hold [sth] off repousser [attack].

■ hold on:

▶ hold on

1 ( wait) gen attendre ; Telecom patienter ; ‘hold on, I'll just get him’ ( on telephone) ‘ne quittez pas, je vais le chercher’ ;

2 ( grip) tenir (with de, avec) ; ‘hold on (tight)!’ ‘tiens-toi (bien)!’ ;

3 ( endure) [person, company] tenir ;

▶ hold [sth] on [screw, glue] maintenir [qch] en place ; to be held on with sth [door, handle, wheel] être maintenu par qch.

■ hold on to:

▶ hold on to [sb/sth]

1 ( grip) s'agripper à [branch, railing, rope] ; s'agripper à, se tenir à [person] ; ( to prevent from falling) agripper, retenir [person] ; serrer [object, purse] ; (bien) tenir [dog] ;

2 ( retain) conserver [power, title, lead] ; garder [shares, car] ; to hold on to one's dreams fig s'accrocher à ses rêves ; to hold on to one's ou the belief that persister à croire que ;

3 ( look after) garder [object] (for pour).

■ hold out:

▶ hold out

1 ( endure) tenir le coup, tenir bon ; to hold out against tenir bon devant [enemy, changes, threat] ;

2 ( remain available) [supplies, food, stocks] durer ;

▶ hold [sth] out, holdout [sth] tendre [glass, money, ticket] (to à) ; to hold out one's hand/leg tendre la main/la jambe ;

▶ hold out [sth] garder, conserver [hope] ; I don't hold out much hope je ne me fais guère d'illusions, je n'ai plus beaucoup d'espoir ; they don't hold out much hope of finding him ils ont perdu presque tout espoir de le retrouver ; to hold out for insister pour obtenir [pay rise, increase] ; to hold out on sb ○ cacher des choses à qn ; they know something, but they're holding out on us ils sont au courant mais ils nous cachent quelque chose.

■ hold over:

▶ hold [sth] over, hold over [sth]

1 ( postpone) ajourner [question, programme] ;

2 ( continue to show) maintenir [qch] à l'affiche [film] ; prolonger [show, exhibition].

■ hold to:

▶ hold to [sth] s'en tenir à [belief, opinion, decision] ;

▶ hold sb to [sth] faire tenir [qch] à qn [promise] ; faire honorer [qch] à qn [contract, offer] ; I'll hold you to that! je note!, je m'en souviendrai!

■ hold together:

▶ hold together

1 ( not break) [car, shoes, chair] tenir ;

2 ( remain united) [family, party] rester uni ; [alliance] rester intact ;

▶ hold [sth] together

1 ( keep intact) faire tenir [car, machine, chair] ; maintenir ensemble [papers, pieces] ; to be held together with sth tenir avec qch ;

2 ( unite) assurer la cohésion de [company, party, government] ; my mother held the family together la famille est restée unie grâce à ma mère.

■ hold up:

▶ hold up

1 ( remain intact) tenir, résister ; to hold up well [currency] résister ;

2 ( remain valid) [theory, argument] tenir ;

▶ hold [sb/sth] up, hold up [sb/sth]

1 ( support) soutenir [shelf, picture] ; tenir [trousers, stockings] ; to be held up by ou with sth tenir avec qch ;

2 ( raise) lever [object] ; to hold one's hand up lever la main ;

3 ( display) to hold sb/sth up as an example ou model of présenter qn/ qch comme un exemple de ; to hold sb up to ridicule tourner qn en ridicule, ridiculiser qn ;

4 ( delay) retarder [person, flight] ; ralentir [production, traffic] ; arrêter, interrompre [procession] ;

5 ( rob) attaquer [train, bank, person].

■ hold with: not to hold with ne pas être d'accord avec [idea, system] ; être contre [television, imitations etc] ; he doesn't hold with teaching children French il est contre le fait qu'on enseigne le français aux enfants.

Big English-French dictionary > hold
8 faire

faire [fεʀ]

━━━━━━━━━

1. transitive verb

2. intransitive verb

3. impersonal verb

4. auxiliary verb

5. reflexive verb

━━━━━━━━━

➭ TABLE 60

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque faire est suivi d'un nom dans une locution comme faire une faute, se faire des idées, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque faire est utilisé pour parler d'une activité non précisée, ou qu'il remplace un verbe plus spécifique, il se traduit par to do. Lorsque faire veut dire créer, préparer, fabriquer, il se traduit souvent par to make.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

   a. (activité non précisée) to do

• que fais-tu ce soir ? what are you doing tonight?

• je n'ai rien à faire I have nothing to do

• que voulez-vous qu'on y fasse ? what can be done about it?

• faire la chambre to do the room

• faire 10 km to do 10km

• faire 100 km/h to do 100km/h

• on a fait Lyon-Paris en cinq heures we did Lyon to Paris in five hours

• je n'en ferai rien ! I'll do nothing of the sort!

► faire de ( = utiliser) to do with

• je ne sais pas quoi faire de mon temps libre I don't know what to do with my spare time

• qu'avez-vous fait de votre sac ? what have you done with your bag?► ne faire que

• il ne fait que se plaindre he's always complaining

• il ne fait que bavarder he won't stop chattering

• je ne fais que passer I'm just passing

   b. (School) [+ devoirs, matière, auteur] to do

• faire de l'allemand to do German

• faire l'école hôtelière to go to a catering school

   c. ( = créer, préparer, fabriquer) to make

• faire un film to make a film

• faire de la confiture to make jam

   d. ( = constituer) c'est ce qui fait tout son charme that's what makes him so charming

   e. (Sport) [+ football, tennis, rugby] to play ; [+ sport de combat] to do

• faire du sport to do sport

• faire du judo to do judo

• faire de la boxe to box

   f. (Music) ( = jouer) to play

• faire du piano/du violon to play the piano/the violin

   g. (Medicine) [+ diabète, attaque] to have

• faire de la tension to have high blood pressure

   h. ( = chercher dans) il a fait toute la ville pour en trouver he's been all over town looking for some

   i. ( = vendre) nous ne faisons pas cette marque we don't stock that make

• je vous le fais à 700 € I'll let you have it for 700 euros

   j. ( = mesurer, peser, coûter) to be

• la cuisine fait 6 mètres de large the kitchen is 6 metres wide

• combien fait cette chaise ? how much is this chair?

• ça fait 130 € that's 130 euros

• deux et deux font quatre two and two is four

• cela fait combien en tout ? how much is that altogether?

   k. ( = agir sur, importer) ils ne peuvent rien me faire they can't do anything to me

• on ne me la fait pas à moi ! (inf) I wasn't born yesterday!

• qu'est-ce que cela peut bien te faire ? what's it to you?

• qu'est-ce que ça fait ? so what? (inf)

• cela ne vous ferait rien de sortir ? would you mind leaving the room?

   l. ( = imiter) il a fait celui qui ne comprenait pas he pretended not to understand

• ne fais pas l'enfant/l'idiot don't be so childish/so stupid

   m. ( = être, servir de) [personne] to be ; [acteur] to play ; [objet] to be used as

• tu fais l'arbitre ? will you be referee?

• cet hôtel fait aussi restaurant the hotel has its own restaurant

• quel imbécile je fais ! what a fool I am!

• il fera un bon avocat he'll make a good lawyer

   n. ( = dire) to say

• « vraiment ? » fit-il "really?" he said

• le chat fait miaou the cat goes miaow

   o. (Grammar) « canal » fait »canaux » au pluriel the plural of "canal" is "canaux"

2. <

   a. (remplaçant un autre verbe) to do

• as-tu payé la note ? -- non, c'est lui qui l'a fait did you pay the bill? -- no, he did

• puis-je téléphoner ? -- faites, je vous en prie could I use the phone? -- yes, of course

   b. ( = agir) faire vite to act quickly

• faites vite ! be quick!

• faites comme chez vous make yourself at home

   c. ( = paraître) to look

• ce vase fait bien sur la table the vase looks nice on the table

• faire vieux to look old

• faire jeune to look young

   d. (besoins naturels) (inf) [personne] to go ; [animal] to do its business

3. <

► il fait

• il fait nuit it is dark

• il faut chaud it is hot

• il fait bon vivre ici this is a nice place to be

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► since et for ne se construisent pas avec le même temps.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► cela or ça fait... que

• cela fait très longtemps que je ne l'ai pas vu I haven't seen him for a very long time it's a long time since I saw him

• ça fait trois ans qu'il est parti it's three years since he left he's been gone for three years

• ça fait que... that means...

4. <

   a. ( = pousser à) to make

• ça m'a fait pleurer it made me cry

• il lui a fait boire du whisky he made her drink some whisky

• ce genre de musique me fait dormir that kind of music puts me to sleep

• j'ai fait démarrer la voiture I got the car started

• faire réparer une montre to have a watch repaired

• elle a fait tomber une tasse she knocked a cup over

► faire faire

• faire faire qch par qn to get sth made (or done) by sb

• faire faire qch à qn to get sb to do (or to make) sth ; (en le forçant) to make sb do (or make) sth

• se faire faire une robe to have a dress made

   b. ( = aider à) faire traverser la rue à un aveugle to help a blind man across the road

• faire manger un patient to feed a patient

   c. ( = laisser) faire entrer qn (qn que l'on attendait) to let sb in ; (qn que l'on n'attendait pas) to ask sb in

• faire venir le médecin to call the doctor

5. <

► se faire

   a. (pour soi)

il s'est fait beaucoup d'ennemis he has made a great many enemies

   b. ( = être fait) si ça doit se faire, ça se fera sans moi if it's going to happen, it'll happen without me

   c. ( = être convenable, courant) ça se fait d'offrir des fleurs à un homme ? is it OK to give flowers to a man?

• cela ne se fait pas it's not done

   d. (locutions)

► se faire + adjectif (involontairement) to get ; (volontairement) to make o.s.

• se faire vieux to be getting old

• il se faisait tard it was getting late

• se faire beau to make o.s. look nice

• sa voix se fit plus douce his voice became softer► se faire + infinitif

• il se faisait apporter le journal tous les matins he had the paper brought to him every morning

• fais-toi expliquer le règlement get someone to explain the rules to you

• se faire couper les cheveux to have one's hair cut

• je me suis fait couper les cheveux I've had my hair cut

• il s'est fait attaquer par deux jeunes he was attacked by two youths

• elle s'est fait renvoyer she was sacked

• tu vas te faire gronder you'll get yourself into trouble

• faut se le faire ! (inf!) he's a real pain in the neck! (inf)► se faire à ( = s'habituer à) to get used to

• il ne se fait pas au climat he can't get used to the climate► s'en faire to worry

• ne t'en fais pas don't worry

• il ne s'en fait pas ! he's got a nerve!► il se fait que

• il pourrait se faire qu'il pleuve it might rain

• comment se fait-il qu'il soit absent ? how come he's not here? (inf)

* * *
fɛʀ
1.

verbe transitif

1) ( produire) to make

trois et deux font cinq — three and two make five

combien font 13 fois 13? — what's 13 times 13?

œil fait yeux au pluriel — œil is yeux in the plural

2) ( façonner) to shape [histoire, période]

3) ( étudier) to do [licence, sujet]

faire du violon — to study ou play the violin

tu as fait ton piano? — have you practised your piano?

faire une école de commerce — to go to business school

4) ( préparer) to make [soupe, thé]; to prepare [salade]

faire du poulet — to cook a chicken

5) ( nettoyer) to do, to clean [vitres]; to clean, to polish [chaussures]

6) Commerce ( proposer) to do [service, marque]; ( vendre) to do, to sell [article]

ils ne font pas le petit déjeuner — they don't do breakfast

l'hôtel fait-il restaurant? — does the hotel have a restaurant?

7) ( cultiver)

faire des céréales — [personne] to grow ou do cereals; [région] to produce cereals

8) ( se fournir en)

faire de l'eau — Nautisme, Chemin de Fer to take on water

faire (de) l'essence — (colloq) Automobile to get petrol GB ou gas US

9) ( parcourir) to do [distance, trajet]; to go round [magasins, agences]; ( visiter) to do (colloq) [région, musées]

faire toute la ville — to go all over town

faire l'Écosse — to visit Scotland

j'ai fait tous les tiroirs — I went through all the drawers

10) ( souffrir de) to have [diabète, tension, complexe]

faire une crise cardiaque — to have a heart attack

11) ( demander un prix)

faire quelque chose à 30 francs — to sell something for 30 francs, to charge 30 francs for something

12) ( servir de) to serve as

13) (user, disposer de) to do

qu'as-tu fait du billet? — what have you done with the ticket?

pour quoi faire? — what for?

je n'ai que faire de — I have no need for

je n'en ai rien à faire — (colloq) I couldn't care less

14) ( avoir un effet)

que veux-tu que j'y fasse? — what do you want me to do about it?, what am I supposed to do about it?

ça y fait — (colloq) it has an effect

leur départ ne m'a rien fait — their departure didn't affect me at all

ça me fait quelque chose de la voir dans cet état — it upsets me to see her in that state

pour ce que ça fait! — (colloq) for all the good it does!

ça ne fait rien à la chose — it makes no difference

qu'est-ce que ça peut bien te faire? — (colloq) what is it to you?

15) (entraîner, causer)

faire des jaloux — to make some people jealous

l'explosion a fait 12 morts — the explosion killed 12 people, the explosion left 12 people dead

ça ne fait rien! — ( pas grave) it doesn't matter!

ça fait ou ce qui fait que j'ai oublié — (colloq) as a result I forgot

16) ( transformer) to make

elle en a fait sa confidente — she's made her her confidante

faire d'un garage un atelier — to make ou turn a garage into a workshop

17) ( proclamer)

faire quelqu'un général — to make somebody a general

18) ( imiter)

faire le courageux — to pretend to be brave

faire le dictateur — to act the dictator

19) ( tenir le rôle de) to be

quel plaisantin vous faites! — what a joker you are!

20) ( dans un souhait)

mon Dieu, faites qu'il réussisse! — God, please let him succeed!

21) (colloq) ( tromper)

il me l'a fait au baratin — he talked me into it

on ne me la fait pas! — I'm not a fool!

22) ( dire) to say

‘bien sûr,’ fit-elle — ‘of course,’ she said

le canard fait ‘coin-coin’ — the duck says ou goes ‘quack’

2.

verbe intransitif

1) ( agir) to do, to act

fais comme tu veux — do as you like

faire vite — to act quickly

vas-y, mais fais vite! — go, but be quick about it!

fais comme chez toi — lit, iron make yourself at home

2) ( paraître) to look

faire jeune — to look young

3) (colloq) ( être) to be

il veut faire pompier — he wants to be a fireman

4) ( durer) to last

sa robe lui a fait deux ans — her dress lasted her two years

5) ( valoir)

ça fait cher — it is expensive

6) ( pour les besoins naturels) to go

tu as fait? — have you been?

7) (colloq)

faire avec — ( se contenter de) to make do with; ( supporter) to put up with

3.

se faire verbe pronominal

1)

se faire un café — to make oneself a coffee

se faire des amis — to make friends

se faire la cuisine soi-même — to do one's own cooking

combien se fait-il (colloq) par mois? — how much does he make a month?

2) ( devenir) to get, to become

il se fait tard — it's getting late

3) ( se rendre)

se faire tout petit — to make oneself very small

4) ( s'inquiéter)

s'en faire — to worry

il ne s'en fait pas! — ( sans inquiétude) he's not the sort of person to worry about things!; ( pas gêné) he's got a nerve!

5) ( s'habituer)

se faire à — to get used to [lieu, situation, idée]

6) ( être d'usage)

ça se fait encore ici — it's still done here

ça ne se fait pas — it's not the done thing ( de faire to do)

7) ( être à la mode) to be in (fashion)

ça ne se fait plus — it's no longer fashionable, it's out of fashion

8) ( être produit)

c'est ce qui se fait de mieux — it's the best there is

le pont se fera bien un jour — the bridge will be built one day

9) ( emploi impersonnel)

il se fit que — it (so) happened that

il se fit un grand silence — there was complete silence

comment se fait-il que...? — how is it that...?

10) [fromage] to ripen; [vin] to mature

11) (colloq)

il faut se le faire, son copain! — his/her mate is a real pain! (colloq)

12) ( avec infinitif)

se faire couler un bain — to run oneself a bath

se faire comprendre — to make oneself understood

••

Un très grand nombre de tournures et locutions contenant ce verbe sont traitées ailleurs, généralement sous le terme qui suit faire, en particulier

- les expressions décrivant les tâches domestiques, agricoles (faire la cuisine/moisson), les occupations manuelles (faire du tricot/bricolage), les activités professionnelles ou de loisir (faire du théâtre/de la photo), les types d'études ( faire médecine). Pour ce qui est des jeux, sports et loisirs, voir également la note d'usage correspondante

- les locutions décrivant un mouvement, l'expression, un comportement (faire un geste/une grimace/le pitre)

- les expressions dans lesquelles faire signifie ‘formuler’ (faire une promesse/offre etc)

- les expressions décrivant la qualité de la lumière (il fait jour/sombre) ou l'état du temps

- les expressions contenant une mesure (faire 20 mètres de long/15 kilos/20°/15 kilomètres à l'heure etc) pour lesquelles on consultera les notes d'usage

- les expressions décrivant une démarche de l'esprit (se faire une opinion/du souci etc)

- les expressions indiquant l'effet produit (faire peur/mal/plaisir/du tort etc, faire cuire/sécher/tomber etc)

- faire + venir/ entrer/ sortir etc

- les locutions telles que faire semblant/exprès, se faire avoir etc

- les expressions familières ( faire un enfant etc)

Par ailleurs pour les expressions décrivant

- une activité sportive (faire du tennis/de la marche/du parapente)

- une durée ( ça fait 15 ans)

la consultation des notes d'usage vous fournira des traductions utiles. Voir la liste

En outre, certaines entrées telles que combien, ce, que, comment, laisser, rien, mieux, bien etc fourniront également des traductions utiles

To make ou to do?

Les principales traductions de faire sont to make et to do mais elles ne sont pas interchangeables

to make traduit faire + objet dénotant ce qui est créé, confectionné, composé, réalisé, obtenu; l'objet est le résultat de l'action: faire son lit/des confitures = to make one's bed/jam; faire un discours/une faute/un bénéfice = to make a speech/a mistake/a profit; je me suis fait un café = I made myself a coffee

to do a le sens plus vague de se livrer à une activité, s'occuper à quelque chose; l'objet peut préciser la nature de l'activité: faire de la recherche/un exercice/une réparation = to do research/an exercise/a repair job; faire son devoir = to do one's duty

ou bien la nature de l'activité reste indéterminée: que fait-il (dans la vie)? = what does he do in life?; qu'est-ce que tu fais ce soir? = what are you doing tonight?; la science peut tout faire = science can do anything; j'ai à faire = I have things to do

ou encore le contexte suggère la nature de l'activité: faire une pièce = to do a room, peut vouloir dire la nettoyer, la ranger, la peindre

Si faire remplace un verbe plus précis, on traduira fréquemment par celui-ci: faire une maison/un nid = to build a house/a nest; faire une lettre = to write a letter; faire une visite = to pay a visit; faire un numéro de téléphone = to dial a number

Les périphrases verbales sont parfois rendues par un seul verbe: faire voir (= montrer) = to show; faire du tissage (= tisser) = to weave, mais faire un peu de tissage = to do a bit of weaving

Faire + infinitif + quelqu'un

faire + infinitive + quelqu'un, c'est-à-dire obtenir de quelqu'un qu'il agisse d'une certaine manière, se traduit selon le sens de faire, par: to make somebody do something (forcer, être cause que): fais-la lever = make her get up; ça m'a fait rire = it made me laugh; ça fait dormir = it makes you sleep; par to get somebody to do something (inciter): fais-leur prendre un rendez-vous = get them to make an appointment; par to help somebody to do something (aider): faire traverser la rue à un vieillard = to help an old man across the street; mais faire manger un bébé = to feed a child. Dans l'exemple ça fait dormir on notera qu'en anglais le sujet du verbe est toujours exprimé, ce qui n'est pas le cas en français

(se) faire faire quelque chose (par quelqu'un) se traduit par to have something done ou made (by somebody), ou, dans une langue plus familière, to get something done ou made (by somebody): (se) faire construire une maison = to have a house built; faire réparer sa voiture = to have ou get one's car repaired; c'est la table qu'il a fait faire = it's the table he had made; elle fait exécuter les travaux par un ami = she's having the work done by a friend

Ne faire que

exprime soit la continuité: il ne fait que pleuvoir = it never stops raining, it rains all the time

soit la restriction: je ne fais qu'obéir aux ordres = I'm only obeying orders

Faire reprend un autre verbe

Dans ce cas il sera généralement traduit par to do: ‘je peux regarder? ’ - ‘faites ou faites je vous en prie ’ = ‘may I look?’ - ‘please do’; il souffla, comme il avait vu faire son père = he blew, as he had seen his father do; on veut que je parte, mais je n'en ferai rien = they want me to leave, but I'll do nothing of the sort

Vous trouverez d'autres exemples dans l'entrée faire

* * *
fɛʀ
1. vt

1) (= fabriquer) to make

faire un film — to make a movie

faire du pain — to make bread

faire un gâteau — to make a cake

faire une offre — to make an offer

faire du bruit — to make a noise

Ils font trop de bruit. — They're making too much noise.

2) (= effectuer) to do

Que faites-vous? — What are you doing?

Que faites-vous dans la vie? — What do you do?

Que faire? — What can be done about it?

Qu'allons-nous faire? — What are we going to do?

faire la lessive — to do the washing

faire le ménage — to do the housework

faire la vaisselle — to do the dishes, to do the washing up

3) [études, sujet] to do

faire du droit — to do law

faire du français — to do French

Il fait de l'italien. — He's doing Italian.

4) (pratiquer régulièrement) [musique, rugby] to play

Il fait du piano. — He plays the piano.

faire du rugby — to play rugby

faire de la natation — to swim

faire de l'équitation — to ride

5) (se livrer ponctuellement à une activité)

faire du cheval — to go riding

faire du ski — to go skiing

6) (= visiter)

faire les magasins — to go shopping

faire l'Europe — to tour Europe, to do Europe

7) (= imiter)

faire le malade — to play the invalid

faire le mort — to play dead

faire l'ignorant — to play the fool

8) (= mesurer, totaliser) to be, to make

2 et 2 font 4. — 2 and 2 are 4., 2 and 2 make 4.

Ça fait 10 m. — It's 10 m.

Ça fait 15 euros. — It's 15 euros.

Ça fait cinquante-trois euros en tout. — That's fifty-three euros all together., That makes fifty-three euros all together.

Je vous le fais 10 euros. — I'll let you have it for 10 euros.

9) (= dire) to go

"Vraiment?" fit-il. — "Really?" he goes.

10) (= souffrir de) [diabète, eczéma] to have

faire du diabète — to have diabetes

faire de la tension — to have high blood pressure

11) (autres constructions)

faire qch à qn — to do sth to sb

Il regrettait ce qu'il avait fait à son frère. — He was sorry for what he had done to his brother.

ça ne fait rien — it doesn't matter

ça ne me fait rien — I don't mind

faire qch de qch — to do sth with sth

Qu'a-t-il fait de sa valise? — What has he done with his case?

faire de qn un avocat — to make sb a lawyer

faire que (= impliquer que) — to mean that

ce qui fait que... — which means that...

ne faire que (= ne pas arrêter de) Il ne fait que critiquer. — All he ever does is criticize.

2. vi

1) (= agir) to act

Il faut faire vite. — We must act quickly., It's important to act quickly.

je n'ai pas pu faire autrement — there was nothing else I could do

laissez-moi faire! — let me do it!

faites comme chez vous — make yourself at home

2) (= s'y prendre)

comment a-t-il fait pour...? — how did he manage to...?

3) (= paraître) (avec adjectif) to look

faire vieux — to look old

faire démodé — to look old-fashioned

Tu fais jeune dans cette robe. — That dress makes you look younger.

ça fait bien — it looks good

4) (remplaçant autre verbe) to do

Ne le casse pas comme je l'ai fait. — Don't break it like I did.

Je peux regarder? - Faites! — Can I have a look? - Please do!

Remets-le en place. - Je viens de le faire. — Put it back in its place.- I just did.

3. vb aux

(suivi d'un infinitif) to make

faire tomber qch — to make sth fall, to knock sth over

Le chat a fait tomber le vase. — The cat knocked over the vase.

faire bouger qch — to make sth move

faire démarrer un moteur — to start up an engine

faire chauffer de l'eau — to heat some water

cela fait dormir — it makes you sleep

faire travailler les enfants — to make the children work, to get the children to work

faire réparer qch — to get sth repaired, to have sth repaired

Je dois faire réparer ma voiture. — I've got to get my car repaired.

faire faire qch — to have sth done

Elle fait faire des travaux dans sa maison. — She's having some work done on her house.

Il a fait faire son portrait. — He's had his portrait done.

faire faire des économies à qn — to save sb money

Cela fait faire des économies au consommateur. — This saves the consumer money.

4. vb impers (temps)
to be
il fait beau — it's a lovely day

Espérons qu'il fera beau demain. — Let's hope it'll be nice weather tomorrow.

Qu'est-ce qu'il fait chaud! — Isn't it hot!

1) (durée)

ça fait 2 ans qu'il est parti — it's 2 years since he left

ça fait 2 ans qu'il y est — he's been there for 2 years

ça fait trois ans qu'ils habitent à Paris — they've lived in Paris for three years, they've been living in Paris for three years

2) (autres locutions)

il fait bon; Il fait bon se promener dans cette région. — It's nice to go walking in this area.

Il ne fait pas bon traîner ici le soir. — It's not a good idea to hang around here at night.

* * *

faire ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: faire

A vtr

1 (donner, émettre, produire) to make; le raisin fera un vin excellent the grapes will make ou produce (an) excellent wine; cet arbre fait des fleurs/baies this tree produces flowers/berries; le garage ferait une belle pièce the garage would make a nice room; ils font un beau couple they make a handsome couple; il fera un bon médecin he'll make a good doctor; les qualités qui font un champion the qualities which make a champion; trois et deux font cinq three and two make five; ça fait deux chacun that makes two each; combien font 13 fois 13? what's 13 times 13?; œil fait yeux au pluriel œil is yeux in the plural;

2 fig ( façonner) to shape [période]; les événements qui font l'histoire events which shape history;

3 ( étudier) to do [licence, diplôme]; on a fait la Chine en géographie we did China in geography; faire du violon to study ou play the violin; tu as fait ton piano? have you practised your piano?; faire une école de commerce/les Beaux-Arts to go to business school/art college;

4 ( préparer) to make [sauce, soupe, thé]; to prepare [salade]; faire du poulet to do ou cook a chicken; qu'est-ce que je fais pour le déjeuner? what shall I cook ou prepare for lunch?;

5 ( nettoyer) to do, to clean [vitres]; to clean, to polish [chaussures];

6 ( proposer) Comm to do [service, marque]; ( vendre) to do, to sell [article]; ils ne font pas le petit déjeuner/les réparations they don't do breakfast/repairs; je fais beaucoup ce modèle en ce moment I'm selling a lot of this particular model at the moment; l'hôtel fait-il restaurant? does the hotel do meals, does the hotel have a restaurant?;

7 (cultiver, produire) Agric faire des céréales [personne] to grow ou do cereals; [région] to produce cereals;

8 ( se fournir en) faire de l'eau Naut, Rail to take on water; faire (de) l'essence○ Aut to get petrol GB ou gas US; faire du bois dans la forêt to gather wood in the forest; faire de l'herbe pour les bêtes to cut grass for the animals;

9 ( parcourir) to do [distance, trajet]; to go round [magasins, agences]; ( visiter) to do○ [région, ville, musées]; faire 200 kilomètres to do 200 kilometres^GB; faire Rome-Nice en avion to do the Rome-Nice journey by plane; représentant qui fait○ la région parisienne rep○ who does the Paris area; j'ai dû faire toute la ville/toutes les boutiques pour trouver ça I had to go all over town/round GB ou around US all the shops to find this; faire la vallée de la Loire to do○ the Loire Valley; faire l'Écosse to visit Scotland; j'ai fait tous les tiroirs mais je ne l'ai pas trouvé I went through all the drawers but I couldn't find it;

10 ( dans le domaine de la santé) to have [diabète, tension, complexe]; faire une crise cardiaque to have a heart attack; faire de la fièvre○ to have ou run a temperature; faire de l'angine de poitrine to get angina; elle m'a encore fait une otite○! she's had another ear-infection!;

11 ( demander un prix) faire qch à 30 euros to sell sth for 30 euros, to charge 30 euros for sth; il me l'a fait à 500 euros he charged me ou sold it to me for 500 euros;

12 ( servir de) to serve as; ce coin fera bureau this corner will serve as a study;

13 (user, disposer de) to do; que vais-je faire des bagages/enfants? what am I going to do with the luggage/children?; qu'as-tu fait du billet? what have you done with the ticket?; pour ce qu'elle en fait! for all she does with it/them!; pour quoi faire? what for?; je n'ai que faire de I have no need for; je n'en ai rien à faire it's nothing to do with me;

14 ( avoir un effet) faire plus de mal que de bien to do more harm than good; qu'as-tu fait à ta sœur? what have you done to your sister?; que veux-tu que j'y fasse? what do you want me to do about it?, what am I supposed to do about it?; le cachet ne m'a rien fait the tablet didn't do anything, the tablet had no effect; ça y fait it has an effect; leur départ ne m'a rien fait their departure didn't affect me at all, their departure left me cold; ça me fait quelque chose de la voir dans cet état it upsets me to see her in that state; ça fait quelque chose pour la grippe? is it any good for flu?; pour ce que ça fait! for all the good it does!; ça ne vous fait rien que je fume? do you mind ou does it bother you if I smoke?; ça ne fait rien à la chose it doesn't alter ou change anything, it makes no difference; qu'est-ce que ça peut bien te faire? what is it to you?;

15 (entraîner, causer) faire des jaloux to make some people jealous; ça a fait leur fortune it made them rich; l'explosion a fait 12 morts the explosion killed 12 people, the explosion left 12 people dead; ne t'inquiète pas, ça ne fait rien! don't worry, it doesn't matter!; ça fait ou ce qui fait que j'ai oublié○ as a result I forgot; ‘qu'est-ce que j'ai fait?’-‘tu as fait que tu as menti○’ ‘what have I done?’-‘you lied, that's what you've done’; faites que tout se passe bien make sure that all goes well;

16 ( transformer) to make; l'armée en a fait un homme the army made a man of him; ils veulent en faire un avocat they want to make a lawyer of him; elle en a fait sa confidente she's made her her confidante; ça a fait de lui un révolté it turned him into a rebel, it made him a rebel; j'en ai fait un principe I made it a principle; faire d'un garage un atelier to make ou turn a garage into a workshop; faire sien qch to make sth one's own;

17 ( proclamer) faire qn duc/général to make sb a duke/general; la presse l'a fait diplomate ( à tort) the press made him out to be a diplomat; ne le fais pas pire qu'il n'est! don't make him out to be worse than he is!, don't paint him blacker than he is!;

18 ( imiter) faire le malade/le courageux to pretend to be ill/brave; faire l'ignorant or celui qui ne sait rien to pretend not to know; faire le dictateur to act the dictator;

19 ( tenir le rôle de) to be; quel plaisantin vous faites! what a joker you are!; vous ferez les voleurs! Jeux you be the robbers!; l'acteur qui fait le roi○ Cin, Théât the actor who plays the part of the king, the actor who is the king;

20 ( dans un souhait) mon Dieu, faites qu'il réussisse! God, please let him succeed!; Dieu or le ciel fasse qu'il ne leur arrive rien! may God ou Heaven protect them!;

21 ○( tromper) il me l'a fait au baratin/chantage he talked/blackmailed me into it; on ne me la fait pas! I'm not a fool!, I wasn't born yesterday!

B vi

1 (agir, procéder) to do, to act; je n'ai pas pu faire autrement I couldn't do otherwise; fais comme tu veux do as you like; elle peut faire mieux she can do better; dans ces situations, il faut faire vite in that sort of situation, one must act quickly; vas-y, mais fais vite! go, but be quick about it!; fais comme chez toi lit, iron make yourself at home;

2 ( paraître) to look; faire jeune/son âge to look young/one's age; ça fait bien avec du bleu it looks nice with blue; tes lunettes font très distingué your glasses make you look very distinguished; il croit que ça fait chic de dire ça he thinks it's chic to say that;

3 ( être) to be; il veut faire pompier he wants to be a fireman;

4 ( dire) to say; ‘bien sûr,’ fit-elle ‘of course,’ she said; le canard fait ‘coin-coin’ the duck says ou goes ‘quack’; faire plouf/aïe etc to go plop/ouch etc;

5 ( durer) to last; sa robe lui a fait deux ans her dress lasted her two years;

6 (+ adverbe de quantité) ça fait cher/grand/trop etc it is expensive/big/too much etc;

7 ( pour les besoins naturels) to go; tu as fait? have you been?; faire dans sa culotte ( déféquer) to dirty one's pants; ( uriner) to wet one's pants; fig to wet oneself;

8 ○ faire avec ( se contenter de) to make do with [personne, objet, quantité]; ( supporter) to put up with [personne, situation]; elle est là, et il faudra faire avec she's here, and we'll have to put up with her.

C se faire vpr

1 (confectionner, exécuter, obtenir pour soi) se faire un café to make oneself a coffee; se faire de l'argent/des amis to make money/friends; se faire ses vêtements to make one's own clothes; se faire la cuisine soi-même to do one's own cooking; combien se fait-il par mois? how much does he make a month? ; se faire un mec◑ to have◑ a man;

2 ( devenir) (+ adjectif attribut) to get, to become; (+ nom attribut) to become; il se fait vieux he's getting old; il se fait tard it's getting late; sa voix se fit dure his/her voice hardened ou became hard; se faire avocat to become a lawyer;

3 ( se rendre) se faire belle/tout petit to make oneself beautiful/very small;

4 ( s'inquiéter) s'en faire to worry; il ne s'en fait pas! ( sans inquiétude) he's not the sort of person to worry about things!; ( pas gêné) he's got a nerve!;

5 ( s'habituer) se faire à to get used to [lieu, situation, idée]; je ne m'y fais pas I can't get used to it;

6 ( être d'usage) ça se fait encore ici it's still done here; ça ne se fait pas de manger avec les doigts it's not the done thing ou it's not polite to eat with one's fingers;

7 ( être à la mode) [couleur, style] to be in (fashion); le tweed se fait beaucoup cette année tweed is very much in this year; ça ne se fait plus it's no longer fashionable, it's out of fashion;

8 ( être produit ou accompli) c'est ce qui se fait de mieux it's the best there is; le mariage s'est fait à Paris the wedding took place in Paris; le pont se fera bien un jour the bridge will be built one day; souhaitons que la paix se fasse let's hope there'll be peace;

9 ( emploi impersonnel) il se fit que it (so) happened that; il se fit un grand silence there was complete silence; il s'est fait un déclic dans mon esprit something clicked in my mind; il pourrait se faire que je parte I might leave; comment se fait-il que…? how is it that…?;

10 ( mûrir) [fromage] to ripen; [vin] to mature;

11 ○( supporter) to put up with, to endure [importun]; il faut se le faire, son copain! his/her mate is a real pain○!;

12 ( avec infinitif) se faire couler un bain to run oneself a bath; se faire comprendre to make oneself understood; se faire agresser to get mugged; tu vas te faire écraser! you'll get run over!

[fɛr] verbe transitif

A.[FABRIQUER, RÉALISER]

1. [confectionner - objet, vêtement] to make ; [ - construction] to build ; [ - tableau] to paint ; [ - film] to make ; [ - repas, café] to make, to prepare ; [ - gâteau, pain] to make, to bake ; [ - vin] to make ; [ - bière] to brew

[concevoir - thèse, dissertation] to do

qu'as-tu fait (à manger) pour ce soir ? what have you prepared for dinner ?

c'est elle qui fait ses chansons she writes her own songs

il sait tout faire he can turn his hand to anything

grand-mère est super — oui, on n'en fait plus des comme ça! (familier) grandma's great — yes, they broke the mould when they made her!

2. [produire, vendre]

faire de l'élevage de bétail to breed cattle

faire du blé/de la vigne to grow wheat/grapes

faire une marque/un produit to stock a make/an article

je vous fais les deux à 350 euros (familier) you can have both for 350 euros, I'll take 350 euros for both

3. [obtenir, gagner - bénéfices] to make

faire de l'argent to earn ou to make money

4. [mettre au monde]

faire un enfant to have a child

il lui a fait deux enfants he had two children with her

la chatte a fait des petits the cat has had kittens

5. PHYSIOLOGIE

faire ses besoins (euphémisme) to do one's business

(en usage absolu)

tu as fait ce matin ? did you go to the toilet this morning ?

il a fait dans sa culotte (familier) he messed his pants

B.[ACCOMPLIR, EXÉCUTER]

1. [effectuer - mouvement, signe] to make

[saut périlleux, roue] to do

fais-moi un bisou (familier) /un sourire give me a kiss/a smile

faire la tête ou la gueule (très familier) to sulk

2. [accomplir - choix, erreur, réforme, proposition] to make ; [ - inventaire] to do ; [ - discours] to deliver, to make, to give ; [ - conférence] to give ; [ - exercice] to do ; [ - recherches] to do, to carry out (separable) ; [ - enquête] to carry out (separable)

faire ses études to study

faire son devoir to do one's duty

faire une blague à quelqu'un to play a joke on somebody

faire son lit to make one's bed

la faire à quelqu'un (familier) [plaisanterie]: on ne me la fait pas, à moi! I won't be taken in!

on me l'a déjà faite, celle-là I know that one already

3. [étudier - matière, œuvre] to study, to do

[suivre les cours de]

elle voulait faire l'ENA she wanted to go to the ENA

4. [pratiquer]

faire de la poterie to do pottery

faire de la flûte/du violon to play the flute/the violin

faire de la danse [cours] to go to dance classes

il voulait faire de la danse he wanted to be a dancer

faire de l'équitation/de la natation/de la voile to go horseriding/swimming/sailing

faire du basket/du tennis to play basketball/tennis

5. [écrire - lettre] to write ; [ - contrat, testament] to write, to make

6. [dire] to say

il fit oui/non de la tête he nodded/he shook his head

"non", fit-elle "no", she said

la vache fait "meuh!" the cow goes "moo!"

7. [nettoyer - chambre, vitres] to clean, to do ; [ - chaussures] to polish, to clean

[tapisser, aménager - pièce, maison] to do, to decorate

8. [action non précisée] to do

que fais-tu dans la vie ? what do you do (for a living) ?

je ne t'ai jamais rien fait! I've never done you any harm!

ne faire que: elle ne fait que se plaindre she does nothing but complain

je ne veux rien avoir à faire avec eux! I don't want anything to do with them!

faire quelque chose de quelqu'un/quelque chose: qu'ai-je fait de mes clefs ? what have I done with ou where did I put my keys ?

que fais-tu de mes sentiments dans tout ça ? what about my feelings ?

que vais-je faire de toi ? what am I going to do with you ?

donne-le moi! — non, rien à faire! give it to me! — nothing doing ou no way!

tu lui as parlé ? — oui, mais rien à faire, il ne cédera pas did you talk to him ? — yes, but it's no use, he won't give in

je vais vous raccompagner — n'en faites rien! (soutenu) I'll take you back — there's really no need!

faire avec (familier) to make do

j'apprécie peu sa façon de travailler mais il faut bien faire avec! I don't like the way he works but I suppose I'll just have to put up with it!

faire sans (familier) to (make) do without

autant que faire se peut if possible, as far as possible

n'avoir que faire de: je n'ai que faire de tes conseils I don't need your advice

mais bien sûr, tu n'as que faire de ma carrière! but of course, my career matters very little to you! ou you don't care about my career!

pour ce faire for that

ce faisant in so doing

C.[AVEC IDÉE DE DÉPLACEMENT]

1. [se déplacer à la vitesse de]

le train peut faire jusqu'à 400 km/h the train can do 400 km/h

2. [couvrir - distance]

le Concorde fait Paris-New York en moins de quatre heures Concorde goes ou flies from Paris to New York in less than fours hours

il y a des cars qui font Londres-Glasgow there's a coach service between London and Glasgow

3. [visiter - pays, ville] to do, to go to, to visit

[inspecter, passer au crible]

j'ai fait tous les étages avant de vous trouver I looked on every floor before I found you

j'ai fait tous les hôtels de la ville

a. [j'y suis allé] I did ou went to ou tried every hotel in town

b. [j'ai téléphoné] I called ou did ou tried every hotel in town

faire les antiquaires to go round the antique shops

D.[AVEC IDÉE DE TRANSFORMATION]

1. [nommer]

elle l'a fait baron she gave him the title of Baron, she made him a baron

elle l'a fait chevalier she knighted him

2. [transformer en]

faire quelque chose de quelqu'un/quelque chose: des rats, la fée fit des laquais the fairy changed the rats into footmen

ce feuilleton en a fait une vedette this series made him a star

et ta robe bleue ? — j'en ai fait une jupe what about your blue dress ? — I made it into a skirt

garde les restes, j'en ferai une soupe keep the leftovers, I'll make a soup with them

c'était un tyran et votre livre en fait un héros! he was a tyrant, and your book shows ou presents him as a hero!

3. [devenir]

"cheval" fait "chevaux" au pluriel the plural of "cheval" is "chevaux"

4. [servir de]

une fois plié, le billard fait table the billiard table, when folded, can be used ou can serve as a normal table

un canapé qui fait lit a convertible settee

c'est un hôtel qui fait restaurant it's a hotel with a restaurant

5. [remplir un rôle, une fonction]

il fera un bon mari he'll make ou be a good husband

il fait le Père Noël dans les rues he goes around the streets disguised as Father Christmas

CINÉMA & THÉÂTRE to play the part of, to be

[imiter - personne] to imitate, to take off, to impersonate ; [ - automate, animal] to imitate

ne fais pas l'idiot don't be stupid

ne fais pas l'innocent don't play the innocent, don't come the innocent with me (UK)

il essayait de faire son intéressant he was showing off

E.[INDIQUE UN RÉSULTAT]

1. [provoquer]

faire de la poussière to raise dust

ce charbon fait beaucoup de fumée this coal makes a lot of smoke

ça va faire une marque/une auréole it will leave a mark/a ring

l'accident a fait cinq morts the accident left five dead ou claimed five lives

ce qui fait l'intérêt de son livre what makes his book interesting

faire quelque chose à quelqu'un [l'émouvoir] to move somebody, to affect somebody

la vue du sang ne me fait rien I don't mind the sight of blood, the sight of blood doesn't bother me

si cela ne vous fait rien if you don't mind

faire que: la gravitation, force qui fait que les objets s'attirent gravitation, the force which causes objects to be attracted towards each other

ce qui fait que je suis arrivé en retard which meant I was late

[pour exprimer un souhait]

faites qu'il ne lui arrive rien! please don't let anything happen to him!

2. [importer]

qu'est-ce que cela peut faire? what does it matter ?, so what?

qu'est-ce que cela peut te faire? what's it to (do with) you ?

cela ne fait rien it doesn't matter, never mind

F.[INDIQUE UNE QUALITÉ, UNE FORME, UNE MESURE]

1. [former]

la route fait un coude the road bends

le circuit fait un huit the circuit is (in the shape of) a figure of eight

le tas fait une pyramide the heap looks like a pyramid

2. [coûter] to be, to cost

ça fait combien ? how much is it ?

3. [valoir, égaler] to be, to make

2 et 2 font 4 2 and 2 are 4

ça fait 23 en tout that makes 23 altogether

on a dix euros, ça ne fait pas assez we've got ten euros, that's not enough

4. [mesurer]

il doit bien faire 1 m 90 he must be 1 m 90 tall

[taille, pointure]

je fais du 38 I take size 38

[peser]

je fais 56 kg I weigh ou am 56 kg

5. [indique la durée, le temps]

ça fait deux jours qu'il n'a pas mangé he hasn't eaten for two days

elle a téléphoné, cela fait bien une heure she phoned at least an hour ago

G.[VERBE ATTRIBUTIF]

1. [paraître]

la broche fait bien ou joli ou jolie sur ta robe the brooch looks nice on your dress

elle parle avec un léger accent, il paraît que ça fait bien! she talks with a slight accent, it's supposed to be smart!

ça fait bizarre it looks strange

il me faudrait un nom qui fasse artiste I would need a name which sounds good for an artist

ça fait comment ou quoi de voir son nom sur une affiche? what's it like to see your name on a poster ?

faire son âge to look one's age

2. (familier) [devenir, embrasser la carrière de] to be

je veux faire pompier I want to be a fireman

H.[VERBE DE SUBSTITUTION] (toujours en rappel du verbe utilisé)

range ta chambre — je l'ai déjà fait go and tidy up your room — I've already done it

vous le lui expliquerez mieux que je ne saurais le faire you'll explain it to her better than I could

tu lui écriras ? — oui, je le ferai will you write to him ? — yes I will

puis-je prendre cette chaise ? — (mais) faites donc! (soutenu) may I take this chair ? — please do ou by all means!

————————

[fɛr] verbe intransitif

[agir] to do

fais comme chez toi [à l'arrivée de quelqu'un] make yourself at home

fais comme chez toi, surtout! (ironique) you've got a nerve!, don't mind me! (ironique)

faites comme vous voulez do as you please

fais comme tu veux! [ton irrité] suit yourself!

je le lui ai rendu — tu as bien fait! I gave it back to him — you did the right thing ou you did right!

pourquoi l'as-tu acheté ? — je croyais bien faire! why did you buy it ? — I thought it was a good idea!

tu ferais bien d'y réfléchir you'd do well to ou you should ou you'd better think about it!

pour bien faire, il faudrait réserver aujourd'hui the best thing would be to book today, ideally we should book today

ça commence à bien faire! enough is enough!

————————

[fɛr] verbe impersonnel

1. MÉTÉOROLOGIE

il fait chaud/froid it's hot/cold

il faisait nuit it was dark

il fait (du) soleil the sun is shining

2. (locution)

c'en est fait de (soutenu) : c'en est fait de vous you've had it, you're done for

c'est bien fait pour toi it serves you right

————————

[fɛr] verbe auxiliaire

1. [provoquer une réaction]

tu l'as fait rougir you made her blush

ça me fait dormir it puts ou sends me to sleep

2. [forcer à] to make, to have

fais-moi penser à le lui demander remind me to ask him

faites-le attendre

a. [pour qu'il s'impatiente] let him wait

b. [en lui demandant] ask him to wait

n'essaie pas de me faire croire que... don't try to make ou to have me believe that...

ne me fais pas dire ce que je n'ai pas dit don't put words into my mouth

il me faisait faire ses dissertations he had me write his essays for him

3. [commander de]

fairefaire quelque chose par quelqu'un to have somebody do ou make something, to have something done ou made by somebody

il fait faire ses costumes sur mesure he has his suits tailormade

————————

faire dans verbe plus préposition

(familier)

il ne fait pas dans le détail he doesn't bother about details

son entreprise fait maintenant dans les produits de luxe her company now produces luxury items

————————

se faire verbe pronominal (emploi réfléchi)

1. [réussir]

elle s'est faite seule she's a self-made woman

2. [se forcer à]

se faire pleurer/vomir to make oneselfcry/vomit

————————

se faire verbe pronominal (emploi réciproque)

se faire la guerre to wage war on each other

————————

se faire verbe pronominal (emploi passif)

1. [être à la mode] to be fashionable, to be in fashion

les salopettes ne se font plus dungarees are out of fashion

2. [être convenable]

ça ne se fait pas de demander son âge à une femme it's rude ou it's not done to ask a woman her age

3. [être réalisé]

sans argent le film ne se fera pas without money the film will never be made

les choses se font petit à petit things evolve gradually

je dois signer un nouveau contrat, mais je ne sais pas quand cela va se faire I'm going to sign a new contract, but I don't know when that will be

tu pourrais me prêter 1 500 euros ? — ça pourrait se faire could you lend me 1,500 euros ? — that should be possible

(tournure impersonnelle)

comment se fait-il que... ? how come ou how is it that... ?

il pourrait se faire que... it might ou may be that..., it's possible that...

c'est ce qui se fait de mieux en papiers peints lavables it's the best washable wallpaper available

————————

se faire verbe pronominal intransitif

1. [se former]

les couples se font et se défont people get together and separate

2. (suivi d'un infinitif)

se faire opérer to have an operation

se faire tuer to get killed

se faire couper les cheveux to have one's hair cut

3. [devenir] to become

sa voix se fit plus grave his voice became deeper

s'il arrive à l'heure, je veux bien me faire nonne! (familier) if he arrives on time, I'll eat my hat!

(tournure impersonnelle)

il se fait tard it's getting late

4. [s'améliorer - fromage] to ripen ; [ - vin] to mature

mes chaussures me serrent — elles vont se faire my shoes feel tight — they'll stretch

————————

se faire verbe pronominal transitif

1. [fabriquer]

elle se fait ses vêtements she makes her own clothes

2. [effectuer sur soi]

il se fait ses piqûres seul he gives himself his own injections

je me suis fait une natte I've plaited my hair

[se maquiller]

se faire les ongles to do one's nails

se faire les yeux to make up one's eyes

3. (familier) [gagner]

elle se fait 4000 euros par mois she earns 4,000 euros per month, she gets 4,000 euros every month

4. (familier) [s'accorder]

on se fait un film/un petit café ? what about going to see a film/going for a coffee ?

on s'est fait les trois musées dans la journée we did the three museums in one day

5. (familier) [supporter]

il faut se la faire! she's a real pain!

6. (très familier & argot milieu) [tuer] to kill, to bump off

[agresser] to beat up

7. (vulgaire) [posséder sexuellement] to screw (vulgaire), to lay (vulgaire)

————————

se faire à verbe pronominal plus préposition

to get used to

————————

s'en faire verbe pronominal intransitif

to worry

je ne m'en fais pas pour lui I'm not worried about him

elle s'en souviendra, ne t'en fais pas! she'll remember, don't you worry!

encore au lit ? tu ne t'en fais pas! still in bed ? you're taking it easy, aren't you ?

tu as ouvert mon courrier ? faut pas t'en faire! (familier) you've opened my mail ? you've got some nerve ou don't mind me!

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > faire

9 atracción de la feria

(n.) = carnival ride, ride, fairground ride, fair ride, ride attraction, amusement ride

Ex. Emergency officials say a carnival ride has collapsed at a fairgrounds, injuring three people severely.

Ex. 14 other fairgoers suffered minor injuries after their ride collapsed.

Ex. Safety officials have examined two fairground rides after two people were killed and three injured in two separate accidents.

Ex. Keep the children entertained by taking them to ride the beach buggies, jump around on the bouncy castle, or have fun on the fair rides.

Ex. One of the numerous ride attractions on offer at the fair this year is a new 140 foot long rollercoaster and a reverse bungee jump.

Ex. A mechanical amusement ride must carry liability insurance of not less than $350,000 for injury to persons arising out of the use of the ride.

* * *

(n.) = carnival ride, ride, fairground ride, fair ride, ride attraction, amusement ride

Ex: Emergency officials say a carnival ride has collapsed at a fairgrounds, injuring three people severely.

Ex: 14 other fairgoers suffered minor injuries after their ride collapsed.

Ex: Safety officials have examined two fairground rides after two people were killed and three injured in two separate accidents.

Ex: Keep the children entertained by taking them to ride the beach buggies, jump around on the bouncy castle, or have fun on the fair rides.

Ex: One of the numerous ride attractions on offer at the fair this year is a new 140 foot long rollercoaster and a reverse bungee jump.

Ex: A mechanical amusement ride must carry liability insurance of not less than $350,000 for injury to persons arising out of the use of the ride.

Spanish-English dictionary > atracción de la feria

10 columpio de la feria

(n.) = carnival ride, ride, fairground ride, fair ride, ride attraction, amusement ride

Ex. Emergency officials say a carnival ride has collapsed at a fairgrounds, injuring three people severely.

Ex. 14 other fairgoers suffered minor injuries after their ride collapsed.

Ex. Safety officials have examined two fairground rides after two people were killed and three injured in two separate accidents.

Ex. Keep the children entertained by taking them to ride the beach buggies, jump around on the bouncy castle, or have fun on the fair rides.

Ex. One of the numerous ride attractions on offer at the fair this year is a new 140 foot long rollercoaster and a reverse bungee jump.

Ex. A mechanical amusement ride must carry liability insurance of not less than $350,000 for injury to persons arising out of the use of the ride.

* * *

(n.) = carnival ride, ride, fairground ride, fair ride, ride attraction, amusement ride

Ex: Emergency officials say a carnival ride has collapsed at a fairgrounds, injuring three people severely.

Ex: 14 other fairgoers suffered minor injuries after their ride collapsed.

Ex: Safety officials have examined two fairground rides after two people were killed and three injured in two separate accidents.

Ex: Keep the children entertained by taking them to ride the beach buggies, jump around on the bouncy castle, or have fun on the fair rides.

Ex: One of the numerous ride attractions on offer at the fair this year is a new 140 foot long rollercoaster and a reverse bungee jump.

Ex: A mechanical amusement ride must carry liability insurance of not less than $350,000 for injury to persons arising out of the use of the ride.

Spanish-English dictionary > columpio de la feria

11 ♦ all

♦ all /ɔ:l/
A a.

1 tutto, tutta; tutti, tutte: all day, tutto il giorno; all the year round, (per) tutto l'anno; This is all the food we have, questo è tutto il cibo che abbiamo; in all honesty, in tutta onestà; with all my heart, con tutto il cuore; all my things, tutte le mie cose; all those books, tutti quei libri; all the others, tutti gli altri; all five candidates, tutti e cinque i candidati; DIALOGO → - In a sandwich bar- That's £2.80 all together please, sono £2,80 in tutto, prego

2 ogni: all manner of people, gente di ogni genere; beyond all doubt, fuor d'ogni dubbio

B pron.

1 tutto: All was quiet in the house, in casa tutto taceva; That's all I want, è tutto ciò che voglio; All is not lost, non tutto è perduto; You're all I have left, tu sei tutto quel che mi rimane; She has it all, ha tutto quello che si può desiderare; He jumped into the river, clothes and all, si è gettato nel fiume, vestiti e tutto; eleven in all, undici in tutto

2 tutti, tutte: They all told me the same thing, mi hanno detto tutti la stessa cosa; as you all (o all of you) know, come voi tutti (o tutti voi) sapete; We are all very glad, siamo tutti molto contenti; with us all (o with all of us) con noi tutti; con tutti noi

C avv.

1 del tutto; completamente; tutto, tutta, ecc.: all alone, tutto solo; tutto da solo; all worn out, completamente sfinito; She was dressed all in white, era vestita tutta di bianco; He's done it all by himself, l'ha fatto tutto da solo

2 (dopo un numero) ( sport) pari: three all, tre pari; tre a tre; ( tennis) thirty all, trenta pari

D n.

– one's all, il massimo ( che uno può fare); di tutto: to do one's all, fare di tutto; fare l'impossibile; to give (o to put) one's all, impegnarsi al massimo; mettercela tutta

● all and sundry, tutti; cani e porci (spreg.) □ all along, fin dal principio; fin dall'inizio, sempre: I knew it all along, lo sapevo fin dal principio; l'ho sempre saputo; He's been planning it all along, ha cominciato a progettarlo (o lo stava progettando) fin dall'inizio □ all-American, americano al cento per cento (o fino al midollo); tipicamente americano; americanissimo; ( anche) composto di soli americani; ( sport, di atleta universitario) che si è classificato come il miglior dilettante a livello nazionale □ ( USA) all around = all round ► sotto □ all at once, tutto a un tratto; di colpo: The vision disappeared all at once, la visione è sparita tutto a un tratto □ all but (+ agg.), quasi; pressoché; quasi del tutto: all but impossible, pressoché impossibile; The fog has all but lifted, la nebbia si è quasi del tutto diradata □ all one can do not to, molto difficile non (fare qc.): It was all I could do not to answer back, è stato molto difficile (o ho fatto fatica a) non ribattere □ all-clear ( sign), (segnale di) cessato allarme; (fig.) via libera, permesso di cominciare □ all-comers, tutti (quelli che vengono); chiunque venga; tutti i partecipanti; chiunque voglia partecipare: open to all-comers, aperto a tutti □ ( sport) all-comers record, miglior prestazione registrata su un territorio nazionale, o regionale, ecc. □ all-consuming, divorante; smodato □ all-day, che dura un giorno intero; che dura tutto il giorno □ all-embracing, onnicomprensivo; globale □ all-English, esclusivamente inglese; tutto d'inglesi □ to be all ears, essere tutto orecchie □ to be all eyes, essere tutt'occhi □ (fam. USA) all-fired, a. e avv., terribile; indiavolato; moltissimo: all-fired hurry, fretta indiavolata; all-fired mad, furibondo □ All Fool's Day, il primo d'aprile (giorno del «pesce d'aprile») □ (fam.) all for, decisamente a favore di; d'accordissimo con □ all get out = as all get out ► sotto □ (relig.) All Hallows, All-Hallowmass, Ognissanti □ all-important, di somma importanza; cruciale □ (fam.) all in, a. pred., stanco morto; sfinito; a pezzi □ all in, avv., all-in, a., tutto incluso; tutto compreso; complessivo: £350 all in, 350 sterline tutto compreso; all-in price, prezzo tutto compreso □ all in all, tutto sommato; tutto considerato; nel complesso □ all-in-one, tutto in uno; in un unico pezzo □ ( sport) all-in wrestling, lotta libera □ all-inclusive, comprensivo di tutto; tutto compreso: all-inclusive tour, «inclusive tour»; viaggio tutto compreso □ all-knowing, onnisciente □ all-male, per (o di) soli uomini □ all-night, che dura tutta la notte; aperto (o che funziona) tutta la notte □ ( USA) all-nighter, attività ( festa, ecc.) che dura tutta la notte; nottata ( di lavoro, studio, ecc.), tirata notturna; locale che resta aperto tutta la notte; uno che fa le ore piccole, nottambulo: to pull an all-nighter, lavorare (o studiare) tutta la notte; fare una tirata notturna □ all of, non meno di; almeno; come minimo: It'll cost you all of $80, ti costerà come minimo 80 dollari □ all of a sudden, tutt'a un tratto; improvvisamente □ all one, lo stesso; tutt'uno: It's all one to me, per me fa lo stesso (o è tutt'uno) □ all or nothing, senza via di mezzo: It's all or nothing!, o la va o la spacca!; an all-or-nothing attempt, un tentativo in cui ci si gioca tutto □ all out, avv. a tutta forza; mettendocela tutta; a più non posso; a oltranza; ( anche) completamente: to go all out for st. (o to do st.) mettercela tutta per ottenere qc. □ (fam.) all-out, a. totale; incondizionato; a oltranza; a fondo; energico; accanito: all-out attack, attacco a fondo; attacco in piena regola; all-out defence, difesa a oltranza; all-out effort, sforzo massimo; all-out support, appoggio incondizionato; all-out strike, sciopero a oltranza □ all over, dappertutto; dovunque; completamente; da cima a fondo: We looked all over for it, l'abbiamo cercato dappertutto; It's green all over, è tutto verde; all over the floor, su tutto il pavimento; all over France, dovunque in Francia; in tutta la Francia; The news was all over the town in no time, in men che non si dica la notizia fece il giro della città; all over the place (o, fam., the map, the shop), (sparso) dappertutto; in disordine; scompigliato; sconclusionato; caotico; (fam.) That's him all over!, è proprio da lui!; come lo riconosco! □ (fam.) to be all over sb., fare un sacco di feste a q.; soffocare di abbracci, ecc.; ( anche) sbaciucchiare; ( anche, sport) dominare, imporsi su □ (fam.) It's all over with him., per lui è finita; è spacciato □ all-over, su tutta la superficie; completo, integrale: an all-over pattern, un motivo che copre tutta la superficie; an all-over tan, un'abbronzatura integrale □ (polit.) all-party, di tutti i partiti; paritetico: all-party support, appoggio di tutti i partiti; all-party talks, trattative a cui partecipano tutti i partiti; all-party committee, commissione paritetica □ all-pervading, generale; generalizzato □ ( polizia, USA) all-points bulletin (abbr. APB) avviso a tutte le unità; allarme generale □ all-powerful, onnipotente; onnipossente □ all-purpose, multiuso; polivalente; per uso generale; comune: an all-purpose tool, un attrezzo multiuso; all-purpose flour, farina comune; all-purpose remedy, un rimedio generale □ all right, all-right ► all right, all-right □ (ass.) all-risk policy, polizza comprensiva di tutti i rischi □ all round, complessivamente □ all-round, eclettico; versatile; completo; polivalente; ( anche) generale, globale, a tutto campo: an all-round artist, un artista versatile; an all-round athlete, un atleta completo; all-round competence, competenza in ogni campo; all-round price, prezzo tutto incluso; prezzo globale □ all-rounder, persona eclettica, versatile; ( sport) atleta completo □ (relig.) All Saints' Day, Ognissanti □ (GB) all-seater, ( di stadio, ecc.) con solo posti a sedere □ all-seeing, onniveggente □ (fam. GB) all-singing all-dancing, multifunzionale; ( anche) spettacolare □ (relig.) All Souls' Day, il Giorno dei morti □ all-star, (cinem., TV, teatr.) composto di attori famosi; ( sport) composto di campioni: an all star cast, un cast di attori famosi □ all-terrain bicycle, mountain bike □ (trasp.) all-terrain vehicle, fuoristrada □ all the (+ compar.), tanto più; ancor più: The task is all the more difficult because…, il compito è reso ancor più difficile dal fatto che…; all the better [worse], tanto meglio [peggio]; All the more reason for coming, ragion di più per venire; all the more so because, tanto più che □ all the same, ugualmente; lo stesso; ciononostante; tuttavia; comunque: He was punished all the same, è stato punito lo stesso; All the same, you shouldn't have answered back, comunque tu non avresti dovuto replicare a quel modo □ It's all the same to me, per me è uguale (o non fa differenza) □ all the way, fino in fondo; senza riserve: I'm with you all the way, sono con te fino in fondo; to go all the way, andare fino in fondo (fig.); ( slang USA) avere rapporti sessuali completi □ all-time, di tutti i tempi; storico; massimo; assoluto: all-time high, livello massimo mai raggiunto; massimo storico; all-time record, primato assoluto; my all-time favourite singer, il mio cantante preferito in assoluto □ all told, in tutto: There were twenty, all told, ce n'erano venti in tutto □ all too, fin troppo: all too obvious, fin troppo evidente □ (aeron.) all-traffic service, servizio promiscuo □ (aeron.) all-up weight, peso lordo ( di aereo) □ (fam.) Is' all up with him, è finita per lui; non c'è più speranza per lui, è spacciato □ It's all very well, but…, d'accordo, ma…; va benissimo, ma… □ ( radio) all-wave receiver, ricevitore multibanda □ all-weather, per tutte le stagioni; (tecn.) ognitempo: (aeron.) all-weather aircraft, aereo ognitempo □ (autom., USA) all-wheel drive, trazione integrale □ ( slang USA) all wet, sbagliato; fuori strada; sballato □ all-year, che si trova (o che si può fare) tutto l'anno □ above all, soprattutto; prima di ogni altra cosa □ after all, dopo tutto; alla fin fine; in conclusione □ (fam. USA) as all get out, moltissimo; da morire; da pazzi: as furious as all get out, infuriato nero; imbufalito □ at all, (in frase neg.) affatto, assolutamente; (in frase condiz. o interr.) qualche, per caso: He is not at all clever, non è affatto intelligente; I don't agree with you at all, non sono affatto d'accordo con te; for no reason at all, senza alcun motivo; del tutto inspiegabilmente; in no time at all, immediatamente; in men che non si dica; If you have any doubts at all…, se ti venisse qualche dubbio…; If he had any sense at all…, se avesse un po' di buon senso…; Is it at all possible to…?, è per caso possibile…? □ for all, nonostante; a dispetto di; pur con: for all my efforts, a dispetto di tutti i miei sforzi; for all that, nonostante tutto □ for all I care, per quel che m'importa □ for all I know, per quel che so io; a quanto ne so io □ not all that, non così (come si potrebbe credere); non (poi) tanto: It's not all that easy, non è così facile; I am not all that old, non sono poi tanto vecchio □ (fam.) not all there, non tutto giusto; che ha qualche rotella fuor di posto; che non ci sta tutto con la testa □ of all people, of all things ► people, thing □ on all fours, a quattro zampe; carponi; gattoni □ when all is said and done, in fin dei conti; alla fin fine; tutto considerato □ (prov.) All's well than ends well, tutto è bene quel che finisce bene.
NOTA D'USO: - all but-

English-Italian dictionary > ♦ all

12 manage

1. transitive verb
1) (handle, wield) handhaben [Werkzeug, Segel, Boot]; bedienen [Schaltbrett]

2) (conduct, organize) durchführen [Operation, Unternehmen]; erledigen [Angelegenheit]; verwalten [Geld, Grundstück]; leiten [Geschäft, Büro]; führen [Haushalt]

3) (Sport etc.): (be manager of) managen, betreuen [Team, Mannschaft]

4) (cope with) schaffen

I couldn't manage another apple — (coll.) noch einen Apfel schaffe ich nicht

we can manage another person in the car — einer hat noch Platz im Wagen

5) (succeed in achieving) zustandebringen [Lächeln]

6) (contrive)

manage to do something — (also iron.) es fertig bringen, etwas zu tun

he managed to do it — es gelang ihm, es zu tun

I'll manage it somehow — ich werde es schon irgendwie hinkriegen (ugs.)
2. intransitive verb
zurechtkommen

manage without something — ohne etwas auskommen

manage on — zurecht- od. auskommen mit [Geld, Einkommen]

I can manage — es geht

can you manage? — geht's?; geht es?

* * *
['mæni‹]
verb

1) (to be in control or charge of: My lawyer manages all my legal affairs / money.) verwalten

2) (to be manager of: James manages the local football team.) leiten

3) (to deal with, or control: She's good at managing people.) umgehen mit

4) (to be able to do something; to succeed or cope: Will you manage to repair your bicycle?; Can you manage (to eat) some more meat?) zustande bringen

•

- academic.ru/44922/manageable">manageable
- manageability
- management
- manager
* * *

man·age

[ˈmænɪʤ]

I. vt

1. (run)

▪ to \manage sth etw leiten; (lead)

▪ to \manage sb jdn führen

a director needs to be good at managing people als Direktor sollte man über gute Personalführungskenntnisse verfügen

2.

▪ to \manage sth (control) etw steuern; (administer) etw verwalten; (organize) etw organisieren

some people think television \manages the news instead of just reporting it manche Leute glauben, dass das Fernsehen die Nachrichten manipuliert, anstatt nur zu berichten

to \manage a currency eine Währung steuern

\managed float FIN kontrolliertes Floaten fachspr

\managed fund FIN Investmentfonds m (mit Umschichtung des Wertpapierbestandes)

to \manage money Geld verwalten

to \manage property Immobilienbesitz verwalten

to \manage one's time/resources sich dat seine Zeit/Ressourcen richtig einteilen

3. (promote)

▪ to \manage sb jdn managen

to \manage a pop group/team eine Popgruppe/Mannschaft managen

4.

▪ to \manage sth (accomplish) etw schaffen

don't worry, we'll \manage it somehow mach dir keine Sorgen, das schaffen wir schon irgendwie

can you \manage 8 o'clock? ginge es um 8 Uhr?

somehow he finally \managed to calm down irgendwie gelang es ihm dann doch noch, sich zu beruhigen

only he could \manage to be so dumb! so dumm kann wirklich nur er sein!

you \managed it very well das hast du sehr gut gemacht

to \manage sth with ease/difficulty etw mit Leichtigkeit/Schwierigkeiten bewältigen

to \manage a distance/task eine Entfernung/eine Aufgabe bewältigen

how can you expect the children to \manage a six mile walk? wie bitte sollen die Kinder einen zehn Kilometer Marsch bewältigen?

to \manage a smile ein Lächeln zustande bringen

to \manage [to eat] sth etw bewältigen [o schaffen]

I couldn't \manage [to eat] such a big portion eine derart große Portion kann ich unmöglich bewältigen [o schaffe ich unmöglich]

can you \manage another piece of lasagne? schaffst du noch ein Stück Lasagne?

to \manage [to pay] sth etw aufbringen können

she can't \manage more than $350 per month rent sie kann sich nicht mehr als 350 Dollar Miete pro Monat leisten

5. (cope with)

▪ to \manage sb mit jdm zurechtkommen [o fam fertigwerden]

▪ to \manage sth mit etw dat zurechtkommen [o umgehen können

6. (wield)

▪ to \manage sth etw handhaben; (operate) etw bedienen

II. vi

1. (succeed) es schaffen; (cope, survive) zurechtkommen

can you \manage? — thank you, I can \manage geht's? — danke, es geht schon

I can't \manage on my own ich schaffe es nicht allein

we'll \manage! wir schaffen das schon!

how can you \manage without a car? wie kommst du ohne Auto zurecht?

I just about \manage with my salary ich komme mit meinem Gehalt gerade mal so zurecht

2. (get by)

▪ to \manage on/without sth mit etw dat /ohne etw akk auskommen

if you give up your job, we'll have to \manage on my salary wenn du deinen Job aufgibst, müssen wir mit meinem Gehalt auskommen

* * *
['mnɪdZ]
1. vt

1) company, organization, economy leiten; property verwalten; affairs in Ordnung halten, regeln; time, money, resources einteilen; football team, pop group managen

he managed the election — er war Wahlleiter

the election was managed (pej) — die Wahl war manipuliert

2) (= handle, control) person, child, animal zurechtkommen mit, fertig werden mit; car, ship zurechtkommen mit, handhaben

the car is too big for her to manage — sie kommt mit dem großen Auto nicht zurecht

she can't manage children — sie kann nicht mit Kindern umgehen

I can manage him — mit dem werde ich schon fertig

3) task bewältigen, zurechtkommen mit; another portion bewältigen, schaffen

£50/two hours is the most I can manage — ich kann mir höchstens £ 50 leisten/zwei Stunden erlauben

I'll manage it — das werde ich schon schaffen

he managed it very well — er hat das sehr gut gemacht

you'll manage it next time — nächstes Mal schaffst dus

I'll do that as soon as I can manage it — ich mache das, sobald ich kann or sobald ich es schaffe

he should take some exercise as soon as he can manage it — er sollte sich so bald wie möglich Bewegung verschaffen

can you manage the cases? — kannst du die Koffer (allein) tragen?

thanks, I can manage them — danke, das geht schon

she can't manage the stairs — sie schafft die Treppe nicht

can you manage two more in the car? — kriegst du noch zwei Leute in dein Auto? (inf)

can you manage 8 o'clock? — 8 Uhr, ginge or geht das?

could you manage (to be ready by) 8 o'clock? — kannst du um 8 Uhr fertig sein?

can you manage another cup? —

could you manage another whisky? — schaffst du noch einen Whisky?

I think I could manage another piece of cake — ich glaube, ich könnte noch ein Stück Kuchen vertragen

I couldn't manage another thing — ich könnte keinen Bissen mehr runterbringen

she managed a weak smile — sie brachte ein schwaches Lächeln über sich (acc)

he managed a few words about his visit — er verlor nur ein paar Worte über seinen Besuch

4)

to manage to do sth — es schaffen, etw zu tun

we have managed to reduce our costs — es ist uns gelungen, die Kosten zu senken

do you think you'll manage to do it? — meinen Sie, Sie können or schaffen das?

I hope you'll manage to come —

how did you manage to get a salary increase? — wie hast du es geschafft or angestellt, eine Gehaltserhöhung zu bekommen?

he managed to control himself — es gelang ihm, sich zu beherrschen

he managed not to get his feet wet — es ist ihm gelungen, keine nassen Füße zu bekommen

how did you manage to miss that? — wie konnte Ihnen das nur entgehen?

how could you possibly manage to do that? — wie hast du denn das fertiggebracht?

how could anybody possibly manage to be so stupid? — wie kann ein Mensch nur so dumm sein?

could you possibly manage to close the door? (iro) — wäre es vielleicht möglich, die Tür zuzumachen?

2. vi
zurechtkommen, es schaffen
can you manage? — geht es?

thanks, I can manage — danke, es geht schon or ich komme schon zurecht

I thought I could cope with things, but I can't manage — ich dachte, ich käme zurecht, aber ich schaffe es nicht or ich bringe es nicht fertig

she manages well enough — sie kommt ganz gut zurecht

how do you manage? — wie schaffen or machen Sie das bloß?

to manage without sth — ohne etw auskommen, sich (dat) ohne etw behelfen

we'll just have to manage without — dann müssen wir uns (dat) eben so behelfen, dann müssen wir eben so auskommen

to manage without sb — ohne jdn auskommen or zurechtkommen

I can manage by myself — ich komme (schon) allein zurecht

how do you manage on £20 a week? — wie kommen Sie mit £ 20 pro Woche aus?

* * *

manage [ˈmænıdʒ]

A v/t

1. eine Sache führen, verwalten:

manage one’s own affairs seine eigenen Angelegenheiten erledigen

2. einen Betrieb etc leiten, führen, vorstehen (dat)

3. ein Gut etc bewirtschaften

4. einen Künstler, Sportler etc managen

5. etwas zustande bringen, bewerkstelligen:

they could only manage a 0-0 draw SPORT sie kamen über ein 0:0 nicht hinaus

6. es fertigbringen ( to do zu tun):

he managed to see the general himself es gelang ihm, den General selbst zu sprechen

7. deichseln, einfädeln, managen (alle umg):

manage matters die Sache deichseln

8. umg

a) eine Arbeit, auch ein Essen etc bewältigen, schaffen:

I couldn’t manage another thing ich bringe nichts mehr runter

b) I could manage a drink ich könnte einen Drink brauchen oder vertragen

9. umgehen (können) mit:

a) ein Werkzeug etc handhaben, eine Maschine etc bedienen

b) mit jemandem umzugehen oder jemanden zu behandeln oder zu nehmen wissen

c) mit jemandem, etwas fertig werden:

I can manage him ich werde schon mit ihm fertig;

can you manage the heavy bag? kommst du mit der schweren Tasche zurecht?

d) jemanden herumkriegen umg

10. ein Fahrzeug etc lenken (auch fig)

11. ein Pferd dressieren, zureiten

12. Land bearbeiten

13. umg (durch Schwierigkeiten) (hin)durchbringen, -lavieren

14. obs haushalten mit

B v/i

1. wirtschaften

2. das Geschäft oder den Betrieb etc führen

3. auskommen, sich behelfen ( beide:

with mit;

without ohne):

I think I can manage without him ich glaube, ich kann auf ihn verzichten;

can you manage without your dictionary for an hour? kannst du dein Wörterbuch eine Stunde entbehren?;

they manage on very little money sie kommen mit sehr wenig Geld aus

4. umg

a) es schaffen, durchkommen, zurechtkommen, zu Rande kommen

b) es einrichten oder ermöglichen: can you come this evening? I’m afraid, I can’t manage es geht leider nicht oder es ist mir leider nicht möglich

C s obs

1. Reitschule f, Manege f

2. a) Dressur f (von Pferden)

b) Dressurübungen pl

* * *
1. transitive verb
1) (handle, wield) handhaben [Werkzeug, Segel, Boot]; bedienen [Schaltbrett]

2) (conduct, organize) durchführen [Operation, Unternehmen]; erledigen [Angelegenheit]; verwalten [Geld, Grundstück]; leiten [Geschäft, Büro]; führen [Haushalt]

3) (Sport etc.): (be manager of) managen, betreuen [Team, Mannschaft]

4) (cope with) schaffen

I couldn't manage another apple — (coll.) noch einen Apfel schaffe ich nicht

we can manage another person in the car — einer hat noch Platz im Wagen

5) (succeed in achieving) zustandebringen [Lächeln]

6) (contrive)

manage to do something — (also iron.) es fertig bringen, etwas zu tun

he managed to do it — es gelang ihm, es zu tun

I'll manage it somehow — ich werde es schon irgendwie hinkriegen (ugs.)
2. intransitive verb
zurechtkommen

manage without something — ohne etwas auskommen

manage on — zurecht- od. auskommen mit [Geld, Einkommen]

I can manage — es geht

can you manage? — geht's?; geht es?

* * *

v.

besorgen v.

bewerkstelligen v.

erledigen v.

handhaben v.

leiten v.

verwalten v.

English-german dictionary > manage

13 go

Ⅰ.

go¹ [gəʊ]

noun

(game) jeu m de go

Ⅱ.

go² [gəʊ]

aller ⇒ 1A (a)-(c), 1A (e), 1A (f), 1E (a)-(c), 1G (a), 2 (a) s'en aller ⇒ 1A (d) être ⇒ 1B (a) devenir ⇒ 1B (b) tomber en panne ⇒ 1B (c) s'user ⇒ 1B (d) se détériorer ⇒ 1B (e) commencer ⇒ 1C (a) aller (+ infinitif) ⇒ 1C (b), 1C (c) marcher ⇒ 1C (d) disparaître ⇒ 1D (a), 1D (c) se passer ⇒ 1E (d) s'écouler ⇒ 1E (e) s'appliquer ⇒ 1F (b) se vendre ⇒ 1F (e) contribuer ⇒ 1G (c) aller ensemble ⇒ 1H (a) tenir le coup ⇒ 1H (c) faire ⇒ 2 (b), 2 (c) coup ⇒ 3 (a) essai ⇒ 3 (a) tour ⇒ 3 (b) dynamisme ⇒ 3 (c)

(pl goes [gəʊz], 3rd pres sing goes [gəʊz], pt went [went], pp gone [gɒn])

1 intransitive verb

A.

(a) (move, travel → person) aller; (→ vehicle) aller, rouler;

∎ we're going to Paris/Japan/Spain nous allons à Paris/au Japon/en Espagne;

∎ he went to the office/a friend's house il est allé au bureau/chez un ami;

∎ I want to go home je veux rentrer;

∎ the salesman went from house to house le vendeur est allé de maison en maison;

∎ we went by car/on foot nous y sommes allés en voiture/à pied;

∎ there goes the train! voilà le train (qui passe)!;

∎ the bus goes by way of or through Dover le bus passe par Douvres;

∎ does this train go to Glasgow? ce train va-t-il à Glasgow?;

∎ the truck was going at 150 kilometres an hour le camion roulait à ou faisait du 150 kilomètres (à l')heure;

∎ go behind those bushes va derrière ces arbustes;

∎ where do we go from here? où va-t-on maintenant?; figurative qu'est-ce qu'on fait maintenant?;

∎ to go to the doctor aller voir ou aller chez le médecin;

∎ he went straight to the director il est allé directement voir ou trouver le directeur;

∎ to go to prison aller en prison;

∎ to go to the toilet aller aux toilettes;

∎ to go to sb for advice aller demander conseil à qn;

∎ let the children go first laissez les enfants passer devant, laissez passer les enfants d'abord;

∎ I'll go next c'est à moi après;

∎ who goes next? (in game) c'est à qui (le tour)?;

∎ Military who goes there? qui va là?, qui vive?;

∎ here we go again! ça y est, ça recommence!;

∎ there he goes! le voilà!;

∎ there he goes again! (there he is again) le revoilà!; (he's doing it again) ça y est, il est reparti!

(b) (engage in a specified activity) aller;

∎ to go shopping aller faire des courses;

∎ to go fishing/hunting aller à la pêche/à la chasse;

∎ to go riding aller faire du cheval;

∎ let's go for a walk/bike ride/swim allons nous promener/faire un tour à vélo/nous baigner;

∎ they went on a trip ils sont partis en voyage;

∎ British go and buy the paper, American go buy the paper va acheter le journal;

∎ I'll go to see her or American go see her tomorrow j'irai la voir demain;

∎ don't go and tell him!, don't go telling him! ne va pas le lui dire!, ne le lui dis pas!;

∎ don't go bothering your sister ne va pas embêter ta sœur;

∎ you had to go and tell him! il a fallu que tu le lui dises!;

∎ he's gone and locked us out! il est parti et nous a laissé à la porte!;

∎ you've gone and done it now! vraiment, tu as tout gâché!

(c) (proceed to specified limit) aller;

∎ he'll go as high as £300 il ira jusqu'à 300 livres;

∎ the temperature went as high as 36° C la température est montée jusqu'à 36° C;

∎ he went so far as to say it was her fault il est allé jusqu'à dire que c'était de sa faute à elle;

∎ now you've gone too far! là tu as dépassé les bornes!;

∎ I'll go further and say he should resign j'irai plus loin et je dirai qu'il ou j'irai jusqu'à dire qu'il devrait démissionner;

∎ the temperature sometimes goes below zero la température descend ou tombe parfois au-dessous de zéro;

∎ her attitude went beyond mere impertinence son comportement était plus qu'impertinent

(d) (depart, leave) s'en aller, partir;

∎ I must be going il faut que je m'en aille ou que je parte;

∎ they went early ils sont partis tôt;

∎ you may go vous pouvez partir;

∎ what time does the train go? à quelle heure part le train?;

∎ familiar get going! vas-y!, file!;

∎ archaic be gone! allez-vous-en!;

∎ either he goes or I go l'un de nous deux doit partir

(e) (indicating regular attendance) aller, assister;

∎ to go to church/school aller à l'église/l'école;

∎ to go to a meeting aller ou assister à une réunion;

∎ to go to work (to one's place of work) aller au travail

(f) (indicating direction or route) aller, mener;

∎ that road goes to the market square cette route va ou mène à la place du marché

B.

(a) (be or remain in specified state) être;

∎ to go barefoot/naked se promener pieds nus/tout nu;

∎ to go armed porter une arme;

∎ her family goes in rags sa famille est en haillons;

∎ the job went unfilled le poste est resté vacant;

∎ to go unnoticed passer inaperçu;

∎ such crimes must not go unpunished de tels crimes ne doivent pas rester impunis

(b) (become) devenir;

∎ my father is going grey mon père grisonne;

∎ she went white with rage elle a blêmi de colère;

∎ my hands went clammy mes mains sont devenues moites;

∎ the tea's gone cold le thé a refroidi;

∎ have you gone mad? tu es devenu fou?;

∎ to go bankrupt faire faillite;

∎ the country has gone Republican le pays est maintenant républicain

(c) (stop working → engine) tomber en panne; (→ fuse) sauter; (→ bulb, lamp) sauter, griller;

∎ the battery's going la pile commence à être usée

(d) (wear out) s'user; (split) craquer; (break) (se) casser;

∎ his trousers are going at the knees son pantalon s'use aux genoux;

∎ the jacket went at the seams la veste a craqué aux coutures

(e) (deteriorate, fail → health) se détériorer; (→ hearing, sight) baisser;

∎ all his strength went and he fell to the floor il a perdu toutes ses forces et il est tombé par terre;

∎ his voice is going il devient aphone;

∎ his voice is gone il est aphone, il a une extinction de voix;

∎ her mind has started to go elle n'a plus toute sa tête ou toutes ses facultés

C.

(a) (begin an activity) commencer;

∎ what are we waiting for? let's go! qu'est-ce qu'on attend? allons-y!;

∎ familiar here goes!, here we go! allez!, on y va!;

∎ go! partez!;

∎ you'd better get going on or with that report! tu ferais bien de te mettre à ou de t'attaquer à ce rapport!;

∎ it won't be so hard once you get going ça ne sera pas si difficile une fois que tu seras lancé;

∎ familiar go to it! (get to work) au boulot!; (in encouragement) allez-y!

(b) (expressing intention)

∎ to be going to do sth (be about to) aller faire qch, être sur le point de faire qch; (intend to) avoir l'intention de faire qch;

∎ you were just going to tell me about it vous étiez sur le point de ou vous alliez m'en parler;

∎ I was going to visit her yesterday but her mother arrived j'avais l'intention de ou j'allais lui rendre visite hier mais sa mère est arrivée

(c) (expressing future)

∎ are you going to be at home tonight? est-ce que vous serez chez vous ce soir?;

∎ we're going to do exactly as we please nous ferons ce que nous voulons;

∎ she's going to be a doctor elle va être médecin;

∎ there's going to be a storm il va y avoir un orage;

∎ he's going to have to work really hard il va falloir qu'il travaille très dur

(d) (function → clock, machine) marcher, fonctionner; (start functioning) démarrer;

∎ is the fan going? est-ce que le ventilateur est en marche ou marche?;

∎ the car won't go la voiture ne veut pas démarrer;

∎ he had the television and the radio going il avait mis la télévision et la radio en marche;

∎ the washing machine is still going la machine à laver tourne encore, la lessive n'est pas terminée;

∎ to get sth going (car, machine) mettre qch en marche; (business, project) lancer qch;

∎ her daughter kept the business going sa fille a continué à faire marcher l'affaire;

∎ to keep a conversation/fire going entretenir une conversation/un feu

(e) (sound → alarm clock, bell) sonner; (→ alarm, siren) retentir

(f) (make movement)

∎ she went like this with her eyebrows elle a fait comme ça avec ses sourcils

(g) (appear)

∎ to go on radio/television passer à la radio/à la télévision

D.

(a) (disappear) disparaître;

∎ the snow has gone la neige a fondu ou disparu;

∎ all the sugar's gone il n'y a plus de sucre;

∎ my coat has gone mon manteau n'est plus là ou a disparu;

∎ all our money has gone (spent) nous avons dépensé tout notre argent; (lost) nous avons perdu tout notre argent; (stolen) on a volé tout notre argent;

∎ I don't know where the money goes these days l'argent disparaît à une vitesse incroyable ces temps-ci;

∎ gone are the days when he took her dancing elle est bien loin, l'époque où il l'emmenait danser

(b) (be eliminated)

∎ the last paragraph must go il faut supprimer le dernier paragraphe;

∎ I've decided that car has to go j'ai décidé de me débarrasser de cette voiture;

∎ that new secretary has got to go il va falloir se débarrasser de la nouvelle secrétaire

(c) euphemism (die) disparaître, s'éteindre;

∎ he is (dead and) gone il nous a quittés;

∎ his wife went first sa femme est partie avant lui;

∎ after I go... quand je ne serai plus là...

E.

(a) (extend, reach) aller, s'étendre;

∎ our property goes as far as the forest notre propriété va ou s'étend jusqu'au bois;

∎ the path goes right down to the beach le chemin descend jusqu'à la mer;

∎ figurative her thinking didn't go that far elle n'a pas poussé le raisonnement aussi loin;

∎ my salary doesn't go very far je ne vais pas loin avec mon salaire;

∎ money doesn't go very far these days l'argent part vite à notre époque;

∎ their difference of opinion goes deeper than I thought leur différend est plus profond que je ne pensais

(b) (belong) aller, se mettre, se ranger;

∎ the dictionaries go on that shelf les dictionnaires se rangent ou vont sur cette étagère;

∎ where do the towels go? où est-ce qu'on met les serviettes?;

∎ that painting goes here ce tableau se met ou va là

(c) (be contained in, fit) aller;

∎ this last sweater won't go in the suitcase ce dernier pull n'ira pas ou n'entrera pas dans la valise;

∎ the piano barely goes through the door le piano entre ou passe de justesse par la porte;

∎ this belt just goes round my waist cette ceinture est juste assez longue pour faire le tour de ma taille;

∎ the lid goes on easily enough le couvercle se met assez facilement

(d) (develop, turn out) se passer;

∎ how did your interview go? comment s'est passé ton entretien?;

∎ I'll see how things go je vais voir comment ça se passe;

∎ we can't tell how things will go on ne sait pas comment ça se passera;

∎ everything went well tout s'est bien passé;

∎ if all goes well si tout va bien;

∎ the meeting went badly/well la réunion s'est mal/bien passée;

∎ the negotiations are going well les négociations sont en bonne voie;

∎ the vote went against them/in their favour le vote leur a été défavorable/favorable;

∎ there's no doubt as to which way the decision will go on sait ce qui sera décidé;

∎ everything was going fine until she showed up tout allait ou se passait très bien jusqu'à ce qu'elle arrive;

∎ everything went wrong ça a mal tourné;

∎ familiar how's it going?, how are things going? (comment) ça va?;

∎ the way things are going, we might both be out of a job soon au train où vont ou vu comment vont les choses, nous allons bientôt nous retrouver tous les deux au chômage

(e) (time → elapse) s'écouler, passer; (→ last) durer;

∎ the journey went quickly je n'ai pas vu le temps passer pendant le voyage;

∎ there were only five minutes to go before… il ne restait que cinq minutes avant…;

∎ time goes so slowly when you're not here le temps me paraît tellement long quand tu n'es pas là;

∎ how's the time going? combien de temps reste-t-il?

F.

(a) (be accepted)

∎ what your mother says goes! fais ce que dit ta mère!;

∎ whatever the boss says goes c'est le patron qui fait la loi;

∎ anything goes on fait ce qu'on veut

(b) (be valid, hold true) s'appliquer;

∎ that rule goes for everyone cette règle s'applique à tout le monde;

∎ that goes for us too (that applies to us) ça s'applique à nous aussi; (we agree with that) nous sommes aussi de cet avis

(c) (be expressed, run → report, story)

∎ the story or rumour goes that she left him le bruit court qu'elle l'a quitté;

∎ so the story goes du moins c'est ce que l'on dit ou d'après les on-dit;

∎ how does the story go? comment c'est cette histoire?;

∎ I forget how the poem goes now j'ai oublié le poème maintenant;

∎ how does the tune go? c'est quoi ou c'est comment, l'air?;

∎ her theory goes something like this sa théorie est plus ou moins la suivante

(d) (be identified as)

∎ to go by or under the name of répondre au nom de;

∎ he now goes by or under another name il se fait appeler autrement maintenant

(e) (be sold) se vendre;

∎ flats are going cheap at the moment les appartements ne se vendent pas très cher en ce moment;

∎ the necklace went for £350 le collier s'est vendu 350 livres;

∎ going, going, gone! (at auction) une fois, deux fois, adjugé!

G.

(a) (be given → award, prize) aller, être donné; (→ inheritance, property) passer;

∎ the contract is to go to a private firm le contrat ira à une entreprise privée;

∎ credit should go to the teachers le mérite en revient aux enseignants;

∎ every penny will go to charity tout l'argent va ou est destiné à une œuvre de bienfaisance

(b) (be spent)

∎ a small portion of the budget went on education une petite part du budget a été consacrée ou est allée à l'éducation;

∎ all his money goes on drink tout son argent part dans la boisson

(c) (contribute) contribuer, servir;

∎ all that just goes to prove my point tout ça confirme bien ce que j'ai dit;

∎ it has all the qualities that go to make a good film ça a toutes les qualités d'un bon film

(d) (have recourse) avoir recours, recourir;

∎ to go to arbitration recourir à l'arbitrage

H.

(a) (be compatible → colours, flavours) aller ensemble;

∎ orange and mauve don't really go l'orange et le mauve ne vont pas vraiment ensemble

(b) (be available)

∎ let me know if you hear of any jobs going faites-moi savoir si vous entendez parler d'un emploi;

∎ are there any flats going for rent in this building? y a-t-il des appartements à louer dans cet immeuble?;

∎ familiar any whisky going? tu as un whisky à m'offrir?^□

(c) (endure) tenir le coup;

∎ we can't go much longer without water nous ne pourrons pas tenir beaucoup plus longtemps sans eau

(d) euphemism (go to the toilet)

∎ we'll only stop if you're really desperate to go on ne s'arrête que si tu ne tiens vraiment plus;

∎ I went before I came j'ai fait avant de venir

(e) Mathematics

∎ 5 into 60 goes 12 60 divisé par 5 égale 12;

∎ 6 into 5 won't go 5 n'est pas divisible par 6

(f) (idioms)

∎ she isn't bad, as teachers go elle n'est pas mal comme enseignante;

∎ as houses go, it's pretty cheap ce n'est pas cher pour une maison;

∎ as things go today par les temps qui courent;

∎ there goes my chance of winning a prize je peux abandonner tout espoir de gagner un prix;

∎ there you go again, always blaming other people ça y est, toujours à rejeter la responsabilité sur les autres;

∎ there you go! (here you are) tiens!; (I told you so) voilà!;

∎ there you go, two hamburgers and a coke et voici, deux hamburgers et un Coca;

∎ there you go, what did I tell you? voilà ou tiens, qu'est-ce que je t'avais dit!

2 transitive verb

(a) (follow, proceed along) aller, suivre;

∎ if we go this way, we'll get there much more quickly si nous passons par là, nous arriverons bien plus vite

(b) (travel) faire, voyager;

∎ we've only gone 5 kilometres nous n'avons fait que 5 kilomètres;

∎ she went the whole length of the street before coming back elle a descendu toute la rue avant de revenir

(c) (say) faire; (make specified noise) faire;

∎ ducks go "quack" les canards font "coin-coin";

∎ the clock goes "tick tock" l'horloge fait "tic tac";

∎ the gun went bang et pan! le coup est parti;

∎ familiar then he goes "hand it over" puis il fait "donne-le-moi"

(d) (in gambling)

∎ to go 10 risquer 10;

∎ Cards to go no/two trumps annoncer sans/deux atout(s);

∎ figurative to go one better (than sb) surenchérir (sur qn)

(e) familiar (do with)

∎ I could really go a beer je me paierais bien une bière

(f) (idioms) familiar old-fashioned

∎ to go it (go fast) filer; (behave wildly) se défoncer;

∎ familiar how goes it? ça marche?

3 noun

(a) British (attempt, try) coup m, essai m;

∎ to have a go at sth/doing sth essayer qch/de faire qch;

∎ he had another go il a fait une nouvelle tentative, il a ressayé;

∎ let's have a go! essayons!; familiar (let me try) laisse-moi essayer!^□ ;

∎ have another go! encore un coup!;

∎ I've never tried it but I'll give it a go je n'ai encore jamais fait l'expérience mais je vais essayer;

∎ she passed her exams first go elle a eu ses examens du premier coup;

∎ he knocked down all the skittles at one go il a renversé toutes les quilles d'un coup;

∎ £1 a go (at fair etc) une livre la partie ou le tour;

∎ to have a go on the dodgems faire un tour d'autos tamponneuses;

∎ he wouldn't let me have or give me a go (on his bicycle etc) il ne voulait pas me laisser l'essayer

(b) British (in games → turn) tour m;

∎ it's your go c'est ton tour ou c'est à toi (de jouer);

∎ whose go is it? à qui de jouer?, à qui le tour?

(c) familiar (energy, vitality) dynamisme^□ m, entrain^□ m;

∎ to be full of go avoir plein d'énergie, être très dynamique;

∎ she's got plenty of go elle est pleine d'entrain;

∎ the new man has no go in him le nouveau manque d'entrain

(d) familiar (success) succès^□ m, réussite^□ f;

∎ he's made a go of the business il a réussi à faire marcher l'affaire;

∎ to make a go of a marriage réussir un mariage;

∎ I tried to persuade her but it was no go j'ai essayé de la convaincre mais il n'y avait rien à faire

(e) (fashion) mode f;

∎ short hair is all the go les cheveux courts sont le dernier cri ou font fureur

(f) familiar (idioms)

∎ to have a go at sb (physically) rentrer dans qn; (verbally) passer un savon à qn;

∎ they had a real go at one another! qu'est-ce qu'ils se sont mis!;

∎ she had a go at her boyfriend elle a passé un de ces savons à son copain;

∎ British police have warned the public not to have a go, the fugitive may be armed la police a prévenu la population de ne pas s'en prendre au fugitif car il pourrait être armé;

∎ it's all go ça n'arrête pas!;

∎ all systems go! c'est parti!;

∎ the shuttle is go for landing la navette est bonne ou est parée ou a le feu vert pour l'atterrissage

4 going on adverb

∎ he must be going on fifty il doit approcher de la ou aller sur la cinquantaine;

∎ it was going on (for) midnight by the time we finished quand on a terminé, il était près de minuit

5 on the go adjective familiar

(a) (busy)

∎ I've been on the go all day je n'ai pas arrêté de toute la journée^□ ;

∎ to be always on the go être toujours à trotter ou à courir, avoir la bougeotte;

∎ to keep sb on the go faire trimer qn

(b) (in hand)

∎ I have several projects on the go at present j'ai plusieurs projets en route en ce moment^□

6 to go

1 adverb

à faire;

∎ there are only three weeks/five miles to go il ne reste plus que trois semaines/cinq miles;

∎ five done, three to go cinq de faits, trois à faire

2 adjective

esp American (to take out) two hamburgers to go deux hamburgers à emporter!

➲ go about

1 intransitive verb

(a) (move) circuler; (of rumour) courir;

∎ policemen usually go about in pairs en général, les policiers circulent par deux;

∎ you can't go about saying things like that! il ne faut pas raconter des choses pareilles!

(b) Nautical (change tack) virer de bord

2 inseparable transitive verb

(a) (get on with) s'occuper de;

∎ to go about one's business vaquer à ses occupations

(b) (set about) se mettre à;

∎ she showed me how to go about it elle m'a montré comment faire ou comment m'y prendre;

∎ how do you go about applying for the job? comment doit-on s'y prendre ou faire pour postuler l'emploi?

(c) (country) parcourir

➲ go about with inseparable transitive verb

(frequent)

∎ her son goes about with an older crowd son fils fréquente des gens plus âgés que lui;

∎ he's going about with Rachel these days il sort avec Rachel en ce moment

➲ go across

1 inseparable transitive verb

traverser

2 intransitive verb

traverser;

∎ your brother has just gone across to the shop ton frère est allé faire un saut au magasin en face

➲ go after inseparable transitive verb

(a) (follow) suivre

(b) (pursue, seek → criminal) poursuivre; (→ prey) chasser; (→ job, prize) essayer d'obtenir;

∎ he goes after all the women il court après toutes les femmes;

∎ I'm going after that job je vais essayer d'obtenir cet emploi

➲ go against inseparable transitive verb

(a) (disregard) aller contre, aller à l'encontre de;

∎ she went against my advice elle n'a pas suivi mon conseil;

∎ I went against my mother's wishes je suis allé contre ou j'ai contrarié les désirs de ma mère

(b) (conflict with) contredire;

∎ that goes against what he told me c'est en contradiction avec ou ça contredit ce qu'il m'a dit;

∎ the decision went against public opinion la décision est allée à l'encontre de ou a heurté l'opinion publique;

∎ it goes against my principles c'est contre mes principes

(c) (be unfavourable to → of luck, situation) être contraire à; (→ of opinion) être défavorable à; (→ of behaviour, evidence) nuire à, être préjudiciable à;

∎ the verdict went against the defendant le verdict a été défavorable à l'accusé ou a été prononcé contre l'accusé;

∎ if luck should go against him si la chance lui était contraire;

∎ her divorce may go against her winning the election son divorce pourrait nuire à ses chances de gagner les élections

➲ go ahead intransitive verb

(a) (precede) passer devant;

∎ he went ahead of us il est parti avant nous;

∎ I let him go ahead of me in the queue je l'ai fait passer devant moi dans la queue

(b) (proceed) aller de l'avant;

∎ go ahead! tell me! vas-y! dis-le-moi!;

∎ the mayor allowed the demonstrations to go ahead le maire a permis aux manifestations d'avoir lieu;

∎ the move had gone ahead as planned le déménagement s'était déroulé comme prévu;

∎ to go ahead with sth démarrer qch;

∎ they're going ahead with the project after all ils ont finalement décidé de mener le projet à bien;

∎ he went ahead and did it (without hesitating) il l'a fait sans l'ombre d'une hésitation; (despite warnings) rien ne l'a arrêté

(c) (advance, progress) progresser, faire des progrès

➲ go along intransitive verb

(a) (move from one place to another) aller, avancer;

∎ go along and ask your mother va demander à ta mère;

∎ she went along with them to the fair elle les a accompagnés ou elle est allée avec eux à la foire;

∎ we can talk it over as we go along nous pouvons en discuter en chemin ou en cours de route;

∎ I just make it up as I go along j'invente au fur et à mesure

(b) (progress) se dérouler, se passer;

∎ things were going along nicely tout allait ou se passait bien

(c) (go to meeting, party etc) aller

➲ go along with inseparable transitive verb

(decision, order) accepter, s'incliner devant; (rule) observer, respecter;

∎ that's what they decided and I went along with it c'est la décision qu'ils ont prise et je l'ai acceptée;

∎ I go along with the committee on that point je suis d'accord avec ou je soutiens le comité sur ce point;

∎ I can't go along with you on that je ne suis pas d'accord avec vous là-dessus;

∎ he went along with his father's wishes il s'est conformé aux ou a respecté les désirs de son père

➲ go around intransitive verb

(a) (habitually) passer son temps à;

∎ he goes around mumbling to himself il passe son temps à radoter;

∎ she just goes around annoying everyone elle passe son temps à énerver tout le monde;

∎ he goes around in black leather il se promène toujours en ou il est toujours habillé en cuir noir

(b) (document, illness) circuler; (gossip, rumour) courir, circuler

(c) (be long enough for)

∎ will that belt go around your waist? est-ce que cette ceinture sera assez grande pour toi?

➲ go around with = go about with

➲ go at inseparable transitive verb

familiar (attack → food) attaquer, se jeter sur; (→ job, task) s'attaquer à; (→ person) attaquer;

∎ they were still going at it the next day ils y étaient encore le lendemain;

∎ she went at the cleaning with a will elle s'est attaquée au nettoyage avec ardeur

➲ go away intransitive verb

partir, s'en aller;

∎ go away! va-t'en!;

∎ I'm going away for a few days je pars pour quelques jours;

∎ she's gone away to think about it elle est partie réfléchir

➲ go back intransitive verb

(a) (return) revenir, retourner;

∎ she went back to bed elle est retournée au lit, elle s'est recouchée;

∎ to go back to sleep se rendormir;

∎ they went back home ils sont rentrés chez eux ou à la maison;

∎ I went back downstairs/upstairs je suis redescendu/remonté;

∎ to go back to work (continue task) se remettre au travail; (return to place of work) retourner travailler; (return to employment) reprendre le travail;

∎ to go back on one's steps rebrousser chemin, revenir sur ses pas;

∎ let's go back to chapter two revenons ou retournons au deuxième chapitre;

∎ we went back to the beginning nous avons recommencé;

∎ let's go back to why you said that revenons à la question de savoir pourquoi vous avez dit ça;

∎ the clocks go back one hour today on retarde les pendules d'une heure aujourd'hui

(b) (retreat) reculer;

∎ go back! recule!

(c) (revert) revenir;

∎ we went back to the old system nous sommes revenus à l'ancien système;

∎ he went back to his old habits il a repris ses anciennes habitudes;

∎ the conversation kept going back to the same subject la conversation revenait sans cesse sur le même sujet;

∎ men are going back to wearing their hair long les hommes reviennent aux cheveux longs ou se laissent à nouveau pousser les cheveux

(d) (in time) remonter;

∎ our records go back to 1850 nos archives remontent à 1850;

∎ this building goes back to the Revolution ce bâtiment date de ou remonte à la Révolution;

∎ familiar we go back a long way, Brad and me ça remonte à loin, Brad et moi

(e) (extend, reach) s'étendre;

∎ the garden goes back 150 metres le jardin s'étend sur 150 mètres

➲ go back on inseparable transitive verb

(fail to keep → agreement) rompre, violer; (→ promise) manquer à, revenir sur;

∎ they went back on their decision ils sont revenus sur leur décision;

∎ he won't go back on his word il ne manquera pas à sa parole

➲ go before

1 intransitive verb

(precede) passer devant; (happen before) précéder;

∎ that question has nothing to do with what went before cette question n'a rien à voir avec ce qui précède ou avec ce qui a été dit avant;

∎ the election was like nothing that had gone before l'élection ne ressemblait en rien aux précédentes;

∎ euphemism those who have gone before (the dead) ceux qui nous ont précédés

2 inseparable transitive verb

(a) (precede) précéder;

∎ we are indebted to those who have gone before us nous devons beaucoup à ceux qui nous ont précédés

(b) (appear before)

∎ your suggestion will go before the committee votre suggestion sera soumise au comité;

∎ to go before a judge/jury passer devant un juge/un jury;

∎ the matter went before the court l'affaire est allée devant les tribunaux

➲ go below intransitive verb

Nautical descendre dans l'entrepont

➲ go by

1 intransitive verb

(pass → car, person) passer; (→ time) passer, s'écouler;

∎ as the years go by avec les années, à mesure que les années passent;

∎ in days or in times or in years gone by autrefois, jadis;

∎ to let an opportunity go by laisser passer une occasion

2 inseparable transitive verb

(a) (act in accordance with, be guided by) suivre, se baser sur;

∎ don't go by the map ne vous fiez pas à la carte;

∎ I'll go by what the boss says je me baserai sur ce que dit le patron;

∎ he goes by the rules il suit le règlement

(b) (judge by) juger d'après;

∎ going by her accent, I'd say she's from New York si j'en juge d'après son accent, je dirais qu'elle vient de New York;

∎ you can't go by appearances on ne peut pas juger d'après ou sur les apparences

(c) (be known by)

∎ to go by a different/false name être connu sous un nom différent/un faux nom;

∎ the product goes by the name of "Bango" in France ce produit est vendu sous le nom de "Bango" en France

➲ go down

1 intransitive verb

(a) (descend, move to lower level) descendre;

∎ he went down on all fours or on his hands and knees il s'est mis à quatre pattes;

∎ going down! (in lift) on descend!, pour descendre!

(b) (proceed, travel) aller;

∎ we're going down to Tours/the country/the shop nous allons à Tours/à la campagne/au magasin

(c) (set → moon, sun) se coucher, tomber

(d) (sink → ship) couler, sombrer; (→ person) couler, disparaître (sous l'eau)

(e) (decrease, decline → level, price, quality) baisser; (→ amount, numbers) diminuer; (→ rate, temperature) baisser, s'abaisser; (→ fever) baisser, tomber; (→ tide) descendre;

∎ the dollar is going down in value le dollar perd de sa valeur, le dollar est en baisse;

∎ eggs are going down (in price) le prix des œufs baisse;

∎ my weight has gone down j'ai perdu du poids;

∎ he's gone down in my estimation il a baissé dans mon estime;

∎ the neighbourhood's really gone down since then le quartier ne s'est vraiment pas arrangé depuis;

∎ to have gone down in the world avoir connu des jours meilleurs

(f) (become less swollen → swelling) désenfler, dégonfler; (→ balloon, tyre) se dégonfler

(g) (food, medicine) descendre;

∎ this wine goes down very smoothly ce vin se laisse boire (comme du petit-lait)

(h) (produce specified reaction) être reçu;

∎ a cup of coffee would go down nicely une tasse de café serait la bienvenue;

∎ his speech went down badly/well son discours a été mal/bien reçu;

∎ how will the proposal go down with the students? comment les étudiants vont-ils prendre la proposition?;

∎ that kind of talk doesn't go down well with me je n'apprécie pas du tout ce genre de propos

(i) (lose) être battu;

∎ Mexico went down to Germany le Mexique s'est incliné devant l'Allemagne;

∎ Madrid went down to Milan by three points Milan a battu Madrid de trois points;

∎ I'm not going to go down without a fight je me battrai jusqu'à la fin

(j) (be relegated) descendre;

∎ our team has gone down to the second division notre équipe est descendue en deuxième division

(k) (be noted, recorded) être noté; (in writing) être pris ou couché par écrit;

∎ this day will go down in history ce jour restera une date historique;

∎ she will go down in history as a woman of great courage elle entrera dans l'histoire grâce à son grand courage

(l) (reach as far as) descendre, s'étendre;

∎ this path goes down to the beach ce sentier va ou descend à la plage

(m) (continue as far as) aller, continuer;

∎ go down to the end of the street allez ou continuez jusqu'en bas de la rue

(n) British University entrer dans la période des vacances

(o) Cards (in bridge) chuter

(p) Computing tomber en panne; (of computer network) planter;

∎ the computer's gone down l'ordinateur est en panne

(q) Music (lower pitch) descendre

(r) British familiar (be sent to prison)

∎ how long do you think he'll go down for? il écopera de combien, à ton avis?;

∎ he went down for three years il a écopé de trois ans

(s) American familiar (happen) se passer^□

2 inseparable transitive verb

(hill, stairs, ladder, street) descendre;

∎ my food went down the wrong way j'ai avalé de travers;

∎ Music the pianist went down an octave le pianiste a joué une octave plus bas ou a descendu d'une octave;

∎ British School to go down a class descendre d'une classe;

∎ figurative I don't want to go down that road je ne veux pas m'engager là-dedans

➲ go down on inseparable transitive verb

vulgar (fellate) sucer, tailler ou faire une pipe à; (perform cunnilingus on) sucer, brouter le cresson à

➲ go down with inseparable transitive verb

tomber malade de;

∎ he went down with pneumonia/the flu il a attrapé une pneumonie/la grippe

➲ go for inseparable transitive verb

(a) (fetch) aller chercher;

∎ he went for a doctor il est allé ou parti chercher un médecin

(b) (try to obtain) essayer d'obtenir, viser;

∎ she's going for his job elle va essayer d'obtenir son poste;

∎ familiar go for it! vas-y!;

∎ I'd go for it if I were you! à ta place, je n'hésiterais pas!;

∎ she was really going for it elle donnait vraiment son maximum

(c) (attack → physically) tomber sur, s'élancer sur; (→ verbally) s'en prendre à;

∎ dogs usually go for the throat en général, les chiens attaquent à la gorge;

∎ they went for each other (physically) ils se sont jetés l'un sur l'autre; (verbally) ils s'en sont pris l'un à l'autre;

∎ the newspapers really went for the senator les journaux s'en sont pris au sénateur sans retenue;

∎ go for him! (to dog) attaque!

(d) familiar (like) aimer^□, adorer^□ ;

∎ I don't really go for that idea l'idée ne me dit pas grand-chose;

∎ he really goes for her in a big way il est vraiment fou d'elle

(e) (choose, prefer) choisir, préférer

(f) (apply to, concern) concerner, s'appliquer à;

∎ what I said goes for both of you ce que j'ai dit vaut pour ou s'applique à vous deux;

∎ pollution is a real problem in Paris - that goes for Rome too la pollution pose un énorme problème à Paris - c'est la même chose à Rome;

∎ and the same goes for me et moi aussi

(g) (have as result) servir à;

∎ his twenty years of service went for nothing ses vingt ans de service n'ont servi à rien

(h) (be to the advantage of)

∎ she has a lot going for her elle a beaucoup d'atouts;

∎ that idea hasn't got much going for it frankly cette idée n'est franchement pas très convaincante

➲ go forth intransitive verb archaic or literary

(a) (leave) sortir;

∎ the army went forth into battle l'armée s'est mise en route pour la bataille;

∎ Bible go forth and multiply croissez et multipliez-vous

(b) (be pronounced) être prononcé; (be published) paraître;

∎ the command went forth that… il fut décrété que…

➲ go forward intransitive verb

(s')avancer;

∎ the clocks go forward tomorrow on avance les pendules demain;

∎ if this scheme goes forward… si ce projet est accepté…

➲ go in intransitive verb

(a) (enter) entrer, rentrer;

∎ it's cold - let's go in il fait froid - entrons;

∎ it's too big, it won't go in c'est trop grand, ça ne rentrera pas

(b) (disappear → moon, sun) se cacher

(c) Sport (in cricket) prendre son tour au guichet

(d) Military (attack) attaquer

➲ go in for inseparable transitive verb

(a) (engage in → activity, hobby, sport) pratiquer, faire; (→ occupation) se consacrer à; (→ politics) s'occuper de, faire;

∎ she went in for company law elle s'est lancée dans le droit commercial;

∎ he thought about going in for teaching il a pensé devenir enseignant

(b) familiar (be interested in) s'intéresser à^□ ; (like) aimer^□ ;

∎ I don't go in much for opera je n'aime pas trop l'opéra, l'opéra ne me dit rien;

∎ he goes in for special effects in a big way il est très branché effets spéciaux;

∎ we don't go in for that kind of film nous n'aimons pas ce genre de film;

∎ this publisher doesn't really go in for fiction cet éditeur ne fait pas tellement dans le roman

(c) familiar (use)

∎ they don't go in for injections so much nowadays ils ne sont pas tellement pour les piqûres de nos jours;

∎ why do scientists go in for all that jargon? pourquoi est-ce que les scientifiques utilisent tout ce jargon?

(d) (take part in → competition, race) prendre part à; (→ examination) se présenter à

(e) (apply for → job, position) poser sa candidature à, postuler

➲ go into inseparable transitive verb

(a) (enter → building, house) entrer dans; (→ activity, profession) entrer à ou dans; (→ politics, business) se lancer dans;

∎ she's gone into hospital elle est (r)entrée à l'hôpital;

∎ to go into the army (as profession) devenir militaire de carrière; (as conscript) partir au service;

∎ he went into medicine il a choisi la médecine

(b) (be invested → of effort, money, time)

∎ a lot of care had gone into making her feel at home on s'était donné beaucoup de peine pour la mettre à l'aise;

∎ two months of research went into our report nous avons mis ou investi deux mois de recherche dans notre rapport

(c) (embark on → action) commencer à; (→ explanation, speech) se lancer ou s'embarquer dans, (se mettre à) donner; (→ problem) aborder;

∎ I'll go into the problem of your taxes later j'aborderai le problème de vos impôts plus tard;

∎ the car went into a skid la voiture a commencé à déraper;

∎ to go into hysterics avoir une crise de nerfs;

∎ to go into fits of laughter être pris d'un fou rire

(d) (examine, investigate) examiner, étudier;

∎ you need to go into the question more deeply vous devez examiner le problème de plus près;

∎ the matter is being gone into l'affaire est à l'étude

(e) (explain in depth) entrer dans;

∎ the essay goes into the moral aspects of the question l'essai aborde les aspects moraux de la question;

∎ I won't go into details je ne vais pas entrer dans les détails;

∎ let's not go into that ne parlons pas de ça

(f) (begin to wear) se mettre à porter;

∎ to go into mourning prendre le deuil

(g) (hit, run into) entrer dans;

∎ a car went into him une voiture lui est rentrée dedans

(h) Computing (file, program) aller dans;

∎ to go into a file aller dans un fichier

➲ go off

1 intransitive verb

(a) (leave) partir, s'en aller;

∎ she went off to work elle est partie travailler;

∎ her husband has gone off and left her son mari l'a quittée;

∎ Theatre the actors went off les acteurs ont quitté la scène

(b) (stop operating → light, radio) s'éteindre; (→ heating) s'éteindre, s'arrêter; (→ pain) partir, s'arrêter;

∎ the electricity went off l'électricité a été coupée

(c) (become activated → bomb, firework) exploser; (→ gun) partir; (→ alarm, alarm clock) sonner;

∎ the grenade went off in her hand la grenade a explosé dans sa main;

∎ the gun didn't go off le coup n'est pas parti;

∎ figurative to go off into fits of laughter être pris d'un fou rire

(d) (have specified outcome) se passer;

∎ the interview went off badly/well l'entretien s'est mal/bien passé;

∎ her speech went off well son discours a été bien reçu

(e) (fall asleep) s'endormir

(f) British (deteriorate → food) s'avarier, se gâter; (→ milk) tourner; (→ butter) rancir; (→ athlete, sportsperson) perdre sa forme;

∎ the play goes off in the second half la pièce se gâte pendant la seconde partie

2 inseparable transitive verb

British familiar (stop liking) perdre le goût de^□ ;

∎ he's gone off classical music/smoking il n'aime plus la musique classique/fumer, la musique classique/fumer ne l'intéresse plus;

∎ I've gone off the idea cette idée ne me dit plus rien;

∎ she's gone off her boyfriend son copain ne l'intéresse plus;

∎ funny how you can go off people c'est drôle comme on se lasse des gens parfois

➲ go off with inseparable transitive verb

(a) (leave with) partir avec;

∎ he went off with the woman next door il est parti avec la voisine

(b) (make off with) partir avec;

∎ someone has gone off with his keys quelqu'un est parti avec ses clés;

∎ he went off with the jewels il s'est enfui avec les bijoux

➲ go on

1 intransitive verb

(a) (move, proceed) aller; (without stopping) poursuivre son chemin; (after stopping) repartir, se remettre en route;

∎ you go on, I'll catch up allez-y, je vous rattraperai (en chemin);

∎ they went on without us ils sont partis sans nous;

∎ after dinner they went on to Susan's house après le dîner, ils sont allés chez Susan;

∎ we went on home nous sommes rentrés

(b) (continue action) continuer;

∎ she went on (with her) reading elle a continué à ou de lire;

∎ the chairman went on speaking le président a continué son discours;

∎ "and that's not all", he went on "et ce n'est pas tout", a-t-il poursuivi;

∎ you can't go on being a student for ever! tu ne peux pas être étudiant toute ta vie!;

∎ go on looking! cherchez encore!;

∎ go on, ask her vas-y, demande-lui;

∎ familiar go on, be a devil vas-y, laisse-toi tenter!;

∎ go on, I'm listening continuez, je vous écoute;

∎ I can't go on like this! je ne peux plus continuer comme ça!;

∎ if he goes on like this, he'll get fired s'il continue comme ça, il va se faire renvoyer;

∎ their affair has been going on for years leur liaison dure depuis des années;

∎ the party went on into the small hours la soirée s'est prolongée jusqu'à très tôt le matin;

∎ life goes on la vie continue ou va son train;

∎ British familiar go on (with you)! allons, arrête de me faire marcher!;

∎ they have enough (work) to be going on with ils ont du pain sur la planche ou de quoi faire pour le moment;

∎ here's £25 to be going on with voilà 25 livres pour te dépanner

(c) (proceed to another action)

∎ he went on to explain why il a ensuite expliqué pourquoi;

∎ to go on to another question passer à une autre question;

∎ she went on to become a doctor elle est ensuite devenue médecin

(d) (be placed, fit) aller;

∎ the lid goes on this way le couvercle se met comme ça;

∎ I can't get the lid to go on je n'arrive pas à mettre le couvercle;

∎ the cap goes on the other end le bouchon se met ou va sur l'autre bout

(e) (happen, take place) se passer;

∎ what's going on here? qu'est-ce qui se passe ici?;

∎ there was a fight going on il y avait une bagarre;

∎ a lot of cheating goes on during the exams on triche beaucoup pendant les examens;

∎ several conversations were going on at once il y avait plusieurs conversations à la fois;

∎ while the war was going on pendant la guerre

(f) (elapse) passer, s'écouler;

∎ as the week went on au fur et à mesure que la semaine passait;

∎ as time goes on avec le temps, à mesure que le temps passe

(g) familiar (chatter, talk) parler^□, jacasser^□ ;

∎ she does go on! elle n'arrête pas de parler!, c'est un vrai moulin à paroles!;

∎ he goes on and on about politics il parle politique sans cesse;

∎ don't go on about it! ça va, on a compris!;

∎ I don't want to go on about it, but... je ne voudrais pas avoir l'air d'insister, mais...;

∎ what are you going on about now? qu'est-ce que vous racontez?

(h) familiar (act, behave) se conduire^□, se comporter^□ ;

∎ what a way to go on! en voilà des manières!

(i) (start operating → light, radio, television) s'allumer; (→ heating, motor, power) s'allumer, se mettre en marche

(j) Sport (player) prendre sa place, entrer en jeu

(k) Theatre (actor) entrer en scène

(l) (approach)

∎ he's going on for forty il va sur ses quarante ans

2 inseparable transitive verb

(a) (enter → boat, train) monter dans

(b) (embark on)

∎ to go on a journey/a holiday partir en voyage/en vacances;

∎ to go on a diet se mettre au régime

(c) (be guided by) se laisser guider par, se fonder ou se baser sur;

∎ the detective didn't have much to go on le détective n'avait pas grand-chose sur quoi s'appuyer ou qui puisse le guider;

∎ she goes a lot on instinct elle se fie beaucoup à ou se fonde beaucoup sur son instinct

(d) (approach)

∎ he's going on forty-five il va sur ses quarante-cinq ans;

∎ humorous she's fifteen going on forty-five (wise) elle a quinze ans mais elle est déjà très mûre; (old beyond her years) elle a quinze ans mais elle est vieille avant l'âge

(e) British familiar (usu neg) (appreciate, like) aimer^□ ;

∎ I don't go much on abstract art l'art abstrait ne me dit pas grand-chose

➲ go on at inseparable transitive verb

familiar (criticize) critiquer^□ ; (nag) s'en prendre à^□ ;

∎ the boss went on and on at her at the meeting le patron n'a pas cessé de s'en prendre à elle pendant la réunion;

∎ he's always going on at his wife about money il est toujours sur le dos de sa femme avec les questions d'argent;

∎ I went on at my mother to go and see the doctor j'ai embêté ma mère pour qu'elle aille voir le médecin;

∎ don't go on at me! laisse-moi tranquille!

➲ go out intransitive verb

(a) (leave) sortir;

∎ my parents made us go out of the room mes parents nous ont fait sortir de la pièce ou quitter la pièce;

∎ to go out for a meal aller au restaurant;

∎ to go out to dinner sortir dîner;

∎ to go out for a walk aller se promener, aller faire une promenade;

∎ she's gone out to get a paper elle est sortie (pour) acheter un journal;

∎ they went out to the country ils sont allés ou ils ont fait une sortie à la campagne;

∎ she goes out to work elle travaille en dehors de la maison ou hors de chez elle;

∎ he went out of her life il est sorti de sa vie;

∎ she was dressed to go out (ready to leave) elle était prête à sortir; (dressed up) elle était très habillée

(b) (travel) partir; (emigrate) émigrer;

∎ they went out to Africa (travelled) ils sont partis en Afrique; (emigrated) ils sont partis vivre ou ils ont émigré en Afrique

(c) (date) sortir;

∎ to go out with sb sortir avec qn;

∎ we've been going out together for a month ça fait un mois que nous sortons ensemble

(d) (fire, light) s'éteindre

(e) (disappear) disparaître;

∎ the joy went out of her eyes la joie a disparu de son regard;

∎ the spring went out of his step il a perdu sa démarche légère;

∎ all the heart went out of her elle a perdu courage

(f) (cease to be fashionable) passer de mode, se démoder;

∎ to go out of style/fashion ne plus être le bon style/à la mode;

∎ familiar that hairstyle went out with the ark cette coiffure remonte au déluge

(g) (tide) descendre, se retirer;

∎ the tide has gone out la marée est descendue, la mer s'est retirée;

∎ the tide goes out 6 kilometres la mer se retire sur 6 kilomètres

(h) figurative (set out)

∎ I went out to see for myself j'ai décidé de voir par moi-même;

∎ we have to go out and do something about this il faut que nous prenions des mesures ou que nous fassions quelque chose

(i) (be sent → letter) être envoyé; (be published → brochure, pamphlet) être distribué; (be broadcast → radio or television programme) être diffusé

(j) (feelings, sympathies) aller;

∎ our thoughts go out to all those who suffer nos pensées vont vers tous ceux qui souffrent;

∎ my heart goes out to her je suis de tout cœur avec elle dans son chagrin

(k) Sport (be eliminated) être éliminé;

∎ Agassi went out to Henman Agassi s'est fait sortir par Henman

(l) Cards terminer

(m) familiar (idiom)

∎ she went all out to help us elle a fait tout son possible pour nous aider^□

➲ go over

1 intransitive verb

(a) (move overhead) passer;

∎ I just saw a plane go over je viens de voir passer un avion

(b) (move in particular direction) aller; (cross) traverser;

∎ I went over to see her je suis allé la voir;

∎ they went over to talk to her ils sont allés lui parler;

∎ to go over to Europe aller en Europe

(c) (turn upside down) se retourner; (capsize → boat) chavirer, capoter

(d) (change, switch) changer;

∎ I've gone over to another brand of washing powder je viens de changer de marque de lessive;

∎ when will we go over to the metric system? quand est-ce qu'on va passer au système métrique?

(e) (change allegiance) passer, se joindre;

∎ he's gone over to the Socialists il est passé dans le camp des socialistes;

∎ she went over to the enemy elle est passée à l'ennemi

(f) (be received) passer;

∎ the speech went over badly/well le discours a mal/bien passé

2 inseparable transitive verb

(a) (move, travel over) passer par-dessus;

∎ the horse went over the fence le cheval a sauté (par-dessus) la barrière;

∎ we went over a bump on a pris une bosse

(b) (examine → argument, problem) examiner, considérer; (→ accounts, report) examiner, vérifier;

∎ would you go over my report? voulez-vous regarder mon rapport?

(c) (repeat) répéter; (review → notes, speech) réviser, revoir; (→ facts) récapituler, revoir; School réviser;

∎ she went over the interview in her mind elle a repassé l'entretien dans son esprit;

∎ I kept going over everything leading up to the accident je continuais de repenser à tous les détails qui avaient conduit à l'accident;

∎ let's go over it again reprenons, récapitulons;

∎ he goes over and over the same stories il rabâche les mêmes histoires

(d) (rehearse) refaire; (bars of music) rejouer; (sing) rechanter

(e) Television & Radio

∎ let's go over now to our Birmingham studios passons l'antenne à notre studio de Birmingham;

∎ we're going over live now to Paris nous allons maintenant à Paris où nous sommes en direct

➲ go past inseparable transitive verb

(move in front of) passer devant; (move beyond) dépasser

➲ go round

1 intransitive verb

(a) (be enough)

∎ is there enough cake to go round? est-ce qu'il y a assez de gâteau pour tout le monde?;

∎ to make the food go round ménager la nourriture

(b) (visit) aller;

∎ we went round to his house nous sommes allés chez lui;

∎ I'm going round there later on j'y vais plus tard

(c) (circulate → rumour) circuler, courir; (→ bottle, cold, flu) circuler

(d) (be continuously present → idea, tune)

∎ that song keeps going round in my head j'ai cette chanson dans la tête

(e) (spin → wheel) tourner;

∎ figurative my head's going round j'ai la tête qui tourne

(f) (make a detour) faire un détour;

∎ to go round the long way faire un long détour

2 inseparable transitive verb

(tour → museum) faire le tour de;

∎ I hate going round the shops j'ai horreur de faire les boutiques

➲ go through

1 inseparable transitive verb

(a) (crowd, tunnel) traverser;

∎ figurative a shiver went through her un frisson l'a parcourue ou traversée

(b) (endure, experience) subir, souffrir;

∎ he's going through hell c'est l'enfer pour lui;

∎ we all have to go through it sometime on doit tous y passer un jour ou l'autre;

∎ I can't face going through all that again je ne supporterais pas de passer par là une deuxième fois;

∎ after everything she's gone through après tout ce qu'elle a subi ou enduré;

∎ we've gone through a lot together nous avons vécu beaucoup de choses ensemble

(c) (consume, use up → supplies) épuiser; (→ money) dépenser; (→ food) consommer; (wear out) user;

∎ she goes through a pair of tights a week elle use une paire de collants par semaine;

∎ I've gone through the toes of my socks j'ai usé ou troué mes chaussettes au bout;

∎ humorous how many assistants has he gone through now? combien d'assistants a-t-il déjà eus?;

∎ his novel has gone through six editions il y a déjà eu six éditions de son roman

(d) (examine → accounts, document) examiner, vérifier; (→ list, proposal) éplucher; (→ mail) dépouiller; (→ drawer, pockets) fouiller (dans); (→ files) chercher dans; (sort) trier;

∎ we went through the contract together nous avons regardé ou examiné le contrat ensemble;

∎ did customs go through your suitcase? est-ce qu'ils ont fouillé votre valise à la douane?;

∎ he went through her pockets il a fouillé ses poches

(e) (of bill, law) être voté;

∎ the bill went through Parliament last week le projet de loi a été voté la semaine dernière au Parlement

(f) (carry out, perform → movement, work) faire; (→ formalities) remplir, accomplir;

∎ Music let's go through the introduction again reprenons l'introduction;

∎ we had to go through the whole business of applying for a visa nous avons dû nous farcir toutes les démarches pour obtenir un visa

(g) (participate in → course of study) étudier; (→ ceremony) participer à

(h) (practise → lesson, poem) réciter; (→ role, scene) répéter;

∎ let's go through it again from the beginning reprenons dès le début

2 intransitive verb

(a) (travel through, penetrate) passer, traverser

(b) (offer, proposal) être accepté; (business deal) être conclu, se faire; (bill, law) passer, être voté; (divorce) être prononcé;

∎ the adoption finally went through l'adoption s'est faite finalement

➲ go through with inseparable transitive verb

∎ to go through with sth aller jusqu'au bout de qch, exécuter qch;

∎ he'll never go through with it il n'ira jamais jusqu'au bout;

∎ they went through with their threat ils ont exécuté leur menace

➲ go together intransitive verb

(a) (colours, flavours) aller bien ensemble; (characteristics, ideas) aller de pair;

∎ the two things often go together les deux choses vont souvent de pair

(b) American (people) sortir ensemble

➲ go towards inseparable transitive verb

(a) (move towards) aller vers

(b) (effort, money) être consacré à;

∎ all her energy went towards fighting illiteracy elle a dépensé toute son énergie à combattre l'analphabétisme

➲ go under

1 intransitive verb

(a) (go down → ship) couler, sombrer; (→ person) couler, disparaître (sous l'eau)

(b) figurative (fail → business) couler, faire faillite; (→ project) couler, échouer; (→ person) échouer, sombrer

(c) (under anaesthetic) s'endormir

2 inseparable transitive verb

(a) (move, travel underneath) passer par-dessous

(b) (be known)

∎ to go under a false/different name utiliser ou prendre un faux nom/un nom différent;

∎ a glue that goes under the name of Stikit une colle qui s'appelle Stikit

➲ go up

1 intransitive verb

(a) (ascend, climb → person) monter, aller en haut; (→ lift) monter;

∎ to go up to town aller en ville;

∎ I'm going up to bed je monte me coucher;

∎ have you ever gone up in an aeroplane? êtes-vous déjà monté en avion?;

∎ going up! (in lift) on monte!;

∎ to go up in the world faire son chemin

(b) (increase → amount, numbers) augmenter, croître; (→ price) monter, augmenter; (→ temperature) monter, s'élever;

∎ rents are going up les loyers sont en hausse;

∎ meat is going up (in price) (le prix de) la viande augmente;

∎ to go up in sb's estimation monter dans l'estime de qn

(c) (sudden noise) s'élever;

∎ a shout went up un cri s'éleva

(d) (appear → notices, posters) apparaître; (be built) être construit;

∎ new buildings are going up all over town de nouveaux immeubles surgissent dans toute la ville

(e) (explode, be destroyed) sauter, exploser

(f) Music (raise pitch) monter

(g) Theatre (curtain) se lever;

∎ before the curtain goes up avant le lever du rideau

(h) British University entrer à l'université;

∎ she went up to Oxford in 1950 elle est entrée à Oxford en 1950

(i) American familiar (be sent to prison)

∎ he went up for murder il a fait de la taule pour meurtre

(j) Sport (be promoted)

∎ they look set to go up to the First Division ils ont l'air prêts à entrer en première division

2 inseparable transitive verb

monter;

∎ to go up a hill/ladder monter une colline/sur une échelle;

∎ Music the pianist went up an octave le pianiste a monté d'une octave;

∎ British School to go up a class monter d'une classe

➲ go up to inseparable transitive verb

(a) (approach)

∎ to go up to sb/sth se diriger vers qn/qch;

∎ the path goes up to the front door le chemin mène à la porte d'entrée

(b) (go as far as)

∎ the book only goes up to the end of the war le livre ne va que jusqu'à la fin de la guerre;

∎ I will go up to £100 je veux bien aller jusqu'à 100 livres

➲ go with inseparable transitive verb

(a) (accompany, escort) accompagner, aller avec;

∎ figurative to go with the crowd suivre la foule ou le mouvement;

∎ you have to go with the times il faut vivre avec son temps

(b) (be compatible → colours, flavours) aller avec;

∎ that hat doesn't go with your suit ce chapeau ne va pas avec ton ensemble;

∎ a white Burgundy goes well with snails le bourgogne blanc se marie bien ou va bien avec les escargots

(c) (be part of) aller avec;

∎ the flat goes with the job l'appartement va avec le poste;

∎ the sense of satisfaction that goes with having done a good job le sentiment de satisfaction qu'apporte le travail bien fait;

∎ mathematical ability usually goes with skill at chess des capacités en mathématiques vont souvent de pair avec un don pour les échecs

(d) familiar (spend time with) sortir avec^□ ;

∎ euphemism he's been going with other women (having sex) il a été avec d'autres femmes

➲ go without

1 inseparable transitive verb

se passer de, se priver de;

∎ he went without sleep or without sleeping for two days il n'a pas dormi pendant deux jours

2 intransitive verb

s'en passer;

∎ we'll just have to go without il faudra s'en passer, c'est tout

ⓘ Do not pass go, (do not collect £200/$200) Au Monopoly les joueurs tirent parfois une carte qui les envoie sur la case "prison". Sur cette carte sont inscrits les mots do not pass go, do not collect £200 (ou bien do not collect $200 s'il s'agit de la version américaine). Cette phrase, dont la version française est "ne passez pas par la case départ, ne recevez pas 20 000 francs", est utilisée de façon allusive et sur le mode humoristique dans différents contextes: on dira par exemple you do that again and you're going straight to jail, Bill. Do not pass go, do not collect $200 ("refais ça, Bill, et je t'assure que tu iras droit en prison). On peut également utiliser cette expression lorsque quelqu'un essaie de mener un projet à bien mais rencontre des obstacles: the country is trying hard to get back on its feet but because of the civil war it has not even been allowed to pass go, let alone collect £200 ("le pays fait de son mieux pour se rétablir mais la guerre civile n'arrange rien, bien au contraire").

ⓘ Go ahead, make my day C'est la formule prononcée par l'inspecteur Harry Callahan (incarné par Clint Eastwood) dans le film Sudden Impact (1983) lorsqu'il se trouve confronté à un gangster. Il s'agit d'une façon d'encourager le bandit à se servir de son arme afin de pouvoir l'abattre en état de légitime défense: "allez, vas-y, fais-moi plaisir". On utilise cette formule par allusion au film et en réaction à une personne qui vient de proférer des menaces. Ainsi, le président Reagan s'en servit en s'adressant à des travailleurs qui menaçaient de se mettre en grève.

Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > go

14 mapear

VT to map

* * *

verbo transitivo to map
•• Cultural note:
mapuche

The largest group of Araucanian-speaking South American Indians, living mainly in the south of Chile. The Mapuche struggled for 350 years against Spanish and Chilean domination. After Chilean independence the Mapuche were put in reservations. In the 1980s, the Chilean government transferred ownership of the land to individual Mapuche, who risk losing their land if they incur debts that they cannot repay. Originally the Mapuche were one part of the Araucanian people but nowadays the two terms are used synonymously, as most Araucanians are Mapuche. The Mapuche language, araucano or mapuche, is spoken in Chile and Argentina

* * *

verbo transitivo to map
•• Cultural note:
mapuche

The largest group of Araucanian-speaking South American Indians, living mainly in the south of Chile. The Mapuche struggled for 350 years against Spanish and Chilean domination. After Chilean independence the Mapuche were put in reservations. In the 1980s, the Chilean government transferred ownership of the land to individual Mapuche, who risk losing their land if they incur debts that they cannot repay. Originally the Mapuche were one part of the Araucanian people but nowadays the two terms are used synonymously, as most Araucanians are Mapuche. The Mapuche language, araucano or mapuche, is spoken in Chile and Argentina

* * *

mapear [A1 ]

vt

to map

Spanish-English dictionary > mapear

15 bring

bring [brɪŋ]

amener ⇒ (a), (b), (d), (e) apporter ⇒ (a) provoquer ⇒ (c) rapporter ⇒ (g)

(pt & pp brought [brɔ:t]) transitive verb

(a) (take → animal, person, vehicle) amener; (→ object) apporter; (→ fashion, idea, product) introduire, lancer;

∎ I'll bring the books (across) tomorrow j'apporterai les livres demain;

∎ her father's bringing her home today son père la ramène à la maison aujourd'hui;

∎ what brings you here? qu'est-ce qui vous amène?;

∎ can you bring me a beer, please? vous pouvez m'apporter une bière, s'il vous plaît?;

∎ that brings the total to £350 cela fait 350 livres en tout;

∎ he brought his dog with him il a emmené son chien;

∎ did you bring anything with you? as-tu apporté quelque chose?;

∎ black musicians brought jazz to Europe les musiciens noirs ont introduit le jazz en Europe;

∎ this programme is brought to you by the BBC ce programme est diffusé par la BBC

(b) (into specified state) entraîner, amener;

∎ to bring sth into play faire jouer qch;

∎ to bring sth into question mettre ou remettre qch en question;

∎ to bring sb to his/her senses ramener qn à la raison;

∎ to bring sth to an end or a close or a halt mettre fin à qch;

∎ to bring sth to sb's attention or knowledge or notice attirer l'attention de qn sur qch;

∎ to bring a child into the world mettre un enfant au monde;

∎ to bring sth to light mettre qch en lumière, révéler qch;

∎ to bring sth to mind rappeler qch;

∎ to bring sth onto the market introduire qch sur le marché

(c) (produce) provoquer, causer;

∎ her performance brought wild applause son interprétation a provoqué un tonnerre d'applaudissements;

∎ to bring sth upon sb attirer qch sur qn;

∎ her foolhardiness brought misfortune upon the family son imprudence a attiré le malheur sur la famille;

∎ you've brought it on yourself vous l'avez cherché;

∎ you bring credit to the firm vous faites honneur à la société;

∎ it brings bad/good luck ça porte malheur/bonheur;

∎ he brought a sense of urgency to the project il a fait accélérer le projet;

∎ to bring new hope to sb redonner de l'espoir à qn;

∎ the story brought tears to my eyes l'histoire m'a fait venir les larmes aux yeux;

∎ his speech brought jeers from the audience son discours lui a valu les huées de l'assistance;

∎ money does not always bring happiness l'argent ne fait pas toujours le bonheur;

∎ the winter brought more wind and rain l'hiver a amené encore plus de vent et de pluie;

∎ tourism has brought prosperity to the area le tourisme a enrichi la région;

∎ who knows what the future will bring? qui sait ce que l'avenir nous/lui/ etc réserve?

(d) (force) amener;

∎ she can't bring herself to speak about it elle n'arrive pas à en parler;

∎ her performance brought the audience to its feet les spectateurs se sont levés pour l'applaudir

(e) (lead) mener, amener;

∎ the path brings you straight (out) into the village ce chemin vous mène (tout) droit au village;

∎ the shock brought him to the verge of a breakdown le choc l'a mené au bord de la dépression nerveuse;

∎ to bring sb into a conversation/discussion faire participer qn à une conversation/discussion;

∎ that brings us to the next question cela nous amène à la question suivante

(f) Law

∎ to bring an action or a suit against sb intenter un procès à ou contre qn;

∎ to bring a charge against sb porter une accusation contre qn;

∎ the case was brought before the court l'affaire a été déférée au tribunal;

∎ he was brought before the court il a comparu devant le tribunal;

∎ the murderer must be brought to justice l'assassin doit être traduit en justice;

∎ to bring evidence avancer ou présenter des preuves

(g) (financially) rapporter;

∎ her painting only brings her a few thousand pounds a year ses peintures ne lui rapportent que quelques milliers de livres par an

➲ bring about separable transitive verb

(a) (cause → changes, war) provoquer, amener, entraîner; (→ reconciliation) amener; (→ person's downfall) entraîner; (→ accident) provoquer, causer;

∎ what brought about his dismissal? pourquoi a-t-il été renvoyé exactement?, quel est le motif de son renvoi?

(b) Nautical faire virer de bord

➲ bring along separable transitive verb

(person) amener; (thing) apporter

➲ bring around = bring round

➲ bring away separable transitive verb

(memories, impressions) garder

➲ bring back separable transitive verb

(a) (fetch → person) ramener; (→ thing) rapporter;

∎ no amount of crying will bring him back pleurer ne le ramènera pas à la vie;

∎ Law to bring a case back before the court ressaisir le tribunal d'un dossier

(b) (restore) restaurer;

∎ the news brought a smile back to her face la nouvelle lui a rendu le sourire;

∎ they're bringing back miniskirts ils relancent la minijupe;

∎ to bring sb back to life ranimer qn

(c) (evoke → memory) rappeler (à la mémoire);

∎ that brings it all back to me ça réveille tous mes souvenirs

➲ bring by separable transitive verb

∎ to bring sb by amener qn

➲ bring down separable transitive verb

(a) (fetch → person) amener; (→ thing) descendre, apporter

(b) (reduce → prices, temperature) faire baisser; (→ currency) déprécier, avilir; (→ birthrate, inflation, unemployment, swelling) réduire

(c) (cause to land → kite) ramener (au sol); (→ plane) faire atterrir

(d) (cause to fall → prey) descendre; (→ plane, enemy, tree) abattre;

∎ her performance brought the house down son interprétation lui a valu des applaudissements à tout rompre

(e) Politics (overthrow) faire tomber, renverser

(f) Mathematics (carry) abaisser

(g) familiar (depress) déprimer^□, donner le cafard à

(h) literary (provoke → anger) attirer;

∎ to bring down the wrath of God on sb attirer la colère de Dieu sur qn;

∎ stop making so much noise or you'll bring the headmaster down on us ne fais pas tant de bruit, tu vas attirer l'attention du proviseur sur nous

➲ bring forth separable transitive verb formal

(a) (produce → fruit) produire; (→ child) mettre au monde; (→ animal) mettre bas

(b) (elicit) provoquer

➲ bring forward separable transitive verb

(a) (present → person) faire avancer; (→ argument) avancer, présenter; Law (→ witness) produire; Law (→ evidence) avancer, présenter

(b) (chair etc) avancer

(c) Administration (move → date, meeting) avancer;

∎ the conference has been brought forward to the 28th la conférence a été avancée au 28

(d) Accountancy reporter;

∎ brought forward reporté

➲ bring in separable transitive verb

(a) (fetch in → person) faire entrer; (→ thing) rentrer;

∎ to bring in the harvest rentrer la moisson;

∎ they want to bring a new person in ils veulent prendre quelqu'un d'autre;

∎ we will have to bring in the police il faudra faire intervenir la ou faire appel à la police;

∎ to bring sb in for questioning emmener qn au poste de police pour l'interroger

(b) (introduce → laws, system) introduire, présenter; (→ fashion) lancer;

∎ the government has brought in a new tax bill le gouvernement a présenté ou déposé un nouveau projet de loi fiscal;

∎ can I just bring in a new point? est-ce que je peux faire une autre remarque?

(c) (yield, produce) rapporter;

∎ to bring in interest rapporter des intérêts;

∎ tourism brings in millions of dollars each year le tourisme rapporte des millions de dollars tous les ans;

∎ her work doesn't bring in much money son travail ne lui rapporte pas grand-chose

(d) Law (verdict) rendre;

∎ they brought in a verdict of guilty ils l'ont déclaré coupable

➲ bring off separable transitive verb

(a) British familiar (trick) réussir^□ ; (plan) réaliser^□ ; Commerce (deal) conclure^□, mener à bien^□ ;

∎ did you manage to bring it off? avez-vous réussi votre coup?

(b) Sport (player) faire sortir

(c) (person → from ship) débarquer;

∎ the injured men will be brought off by helicopter les blessés seront évacués en hélicoptère

(d) vulgar (masturbate)

∎ to bring sb off branler qn;

∎ to bring oneself off se branler

➲ bring on separable transitive verb

(a) (induce) provoquer, causer;

∎ the shock brought on a heart attack le choc a provoqué une crise cardiaque;

∎ humorous what brought this on? (why are you offering to help?) qu'est-ce que tu me caches?

(b) (encourage) encourager;

∎ the warm weather has really brought on the flowers la chaleur a bien fait pousser les fleurs;

∎ the idea is to bring on new tennis players il s'agit d'encourager de nouveaux tennismen

(c) Theatre (person) amener sur scène; (thing) apporter sur scène;

∎ please bring on our next contestant faites entrer le concurrent suivant

(d) Sport (substitute) faire entrer

➲ bring out separable transitive verb

(a) (take out → person) faire sortir; (→ thing) sortir

(b) Commerce (commercially → product, style) lancer; (→ record) sortir; (→ book) publier

(c) (accentuate) souligner;

∎ that colour brings out the green in her eyes cette couleur met en valeur le vert de ses yeux;

∎ her performance brought out the character's comic side son interprétation a fait ressortir le côté comique du personnage;

∎ to bring out the best/worst in sb faire apparaître qn sous son meilleur/plus mauvais jour;

∎ humorous it brings out the beast in me cela réveille l'animal qui est en moi

(d) British Medicine (in rash, spots)

∎ strawberries bring me out in spots les fraises me donnent des boutons

(e) (encourage → person) encourager;

∎ he's very good at bringing people out (of themselves) il sait très bien s'y prendre pour mettre les gens à l'aise;

∎ the sun has brought out the roses le soleil a fait s'épanouir les roses

(f) Industry (workers) appeler à la grève;

∎ they're threatening to bring everyone out (on strike) ils menacent d'appeler tout le monde à faire grève

(g) Stock Exchange (shares) émettre;

∎ to bring out new shares émettre de nouvelles actions

➲ bring over separable transitive verb

(take → person) amener; (→ thing) apporter

➲ bring round separable transitive verb

(a) (take → person) amener; (→ thing) apporter;

∎ British figurative I brought the conversation round to marriage j'ai amené la conversation sur le mariage

(b) (revive) ranimer

(c) (persuade) convaincre, convertir;

∎ to bring sb round to a point of view convertir ou amener qn à un point de vue

➲ bring through separable transitive verb

∎ he brought the country through the depression il a réussi à faire sortir le pays de la dépression;

∎ the doctors brought me through my illness grâce aux médecins, j'ai survécu à ma maladie

➲ bring to separable transitive verb

(a) (revive) ranimer

(b) Nautical mettre en panne

➲ bring together separable transitive verb

(a) (people) réunir; (facts) rassembler

(b) (introduce) mettre en contact, faire se rencontrer;

∎ her brother brought them together son frère les a fait se rencontrer

(c) (reconcile) réconcilier;

∎ Industry an arbitrator is trying to bring the two sides together un médiateur essaie de réconcilier les deux parties

➲ bring up separable transitive verb

(a) (take → person) amener; (→ thing) monter

(b) (child) élever;

∎ to be well/badly brought up être bien/mal élevé;

∎ I was brought up to be polite on m'a appris la politesse

(c) (mention → fact, problem) signaler, mentionner; (→ question) soulever;

∎ don't bring that up again ne remettez pas cela sur le tapis;

∎ we won't bring it up again nous n'en reparlerons plus

(d) (vomit) vomir, rendre

(e) Law

∎ to bring sb up before a judge citer ou faire comparaître qn devant un juge

(f) (move forward → troops) faire avancer; (→ reinforcements, fresh supplies etc) faire venir

(g) (raise)

∎ to bring sb/sth up to professional standard élever qn/qch à un niveau professionnel

Un panorama unique de l'anglais et du français > bring

16 HAFA

have

* * *

(hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.

1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);

hafa elda, to keep up a five;

2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);

3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);

4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);

orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;

hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;

hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;

hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;

hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;

hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;

5) to have, hold, maintain;

hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;

hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;

hafa heilindi, to have good health;

6) to bring, carry;

hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;

hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;

hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;

7) to take, carry off;

troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;

8) to get, gain, win;

hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;

hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;

hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;

hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;

hafa betr (verr), to get the better (worse) of it;

hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;

hafa tafl, to win the game;

hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;

hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;

hafa sigr, to be worsted;

hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;

hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;

hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;

with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);

ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;

9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);

hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;

hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;

10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;

hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;

hafa sik vel, to behave;

hafa vel, to be well off or happy;

hafa hart, to be in a wretched plight;

11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;

lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;

12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);

hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;

nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;

svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;

ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;

13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;

hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;

ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;

later with indecl. neut. pp.;

hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;

14) with preps.:

hafa e-t at, to do, act;

hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;

absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;

hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);

hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;

hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;

hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;

hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;

hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one;

hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;

hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;

var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;

hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);

ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;

hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;

eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;

hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;

hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;

hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;

höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;

hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);

hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;

vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;

hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;

hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;

orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;

keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;

hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;

hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);

Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;

hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;

hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;

hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;

hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;

hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);

hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;

hafa sik við, to exert oneself;

hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;

hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;

hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;

haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;

haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;

15) refl., hafast.

* * *

pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.

A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.

II. to hold:

1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.

2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.

3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.

4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.

5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.

6. with prepp. or infin.,

α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.

β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.

III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.

2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.

IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.

2. with prepp.:

α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.

β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)

γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.

B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:

I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.

II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.

III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.

2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.

3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.

4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.

IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:

1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.

2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.

V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.

C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.

2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.

D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:

I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,

α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.

β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.

γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.

II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.

III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.

E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:

I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).

2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.

II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.

2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.

β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.

F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.

β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.

2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.

3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.

4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.

II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)

G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:

I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:

1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).

2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).

β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?

II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:

1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.

2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.

3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.

4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.

☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, that

α. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.

β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.

γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HAFA

17 BYGGJA

erect

* * *

I)

(-ða, -ðr), v., older form byggva;

1) to settle in a place, as colonist; sumar þat, er þeir Ingólfr fóru at byggja Ísland, when I went out to settle in Iceland; Ingólfr bygði fyrstr landit, was the first settler; absol., Helgi bygði norðr í Eyjafirði, settled in E.;

2) to people (eptir Nóaflóð lifðu átta menn, er bygðu heiminn) Ísland bygðist (was peopled) ór Norvegi;

3) to inhabit, live in a country (þá er landit hafði sex tigi vetra bygt verit); þess get ek, at menn byggi húsit, that the house is inhabited; byggja bœ, to settle on a farm (hann bygði bœ þann er í Eyju heitir); absol., kona, er bygði (lived) í einum afdal; hvar byggir þú, where dwellest thou?;

4) to dwell in, occupy (byggja höll, helli); byggja eina sæng, to share the same bed (of a niarried couple; also absol., byggja með erri); bygði hann í skipuin, he dwelt (lived) in ships.

II)

(-ða, -ðr), v.

1) to let out (konungr má byggja almenning hverjum sem hann vill); nú byggir maðr dýrra (lets out at a higher rent) en vandi hefir á verit;

2) to lend money at interest (engi skal byggja dautt fé á leigu); Hrútr bygði allt féit, H. put all the money out at interest;

3) byggja frændsemi, sifjar, to enter into a marriage with a relation or one allied by by marriage (in such or such degree); þat var bannat at byggja svá náit at frændsemi, intermarriage between so near relations was forbidden.

* * *

older form byggva, ð, [for the etymology v. búa], gener. to inhabit, settle, people, always in a transitive sense—not neut. as. búa—but often used absol. or ellipt., land being understood:

α. to settle as a colonist; Hrollaugr bygði austr á Síðu, Ketilbjörn bygði suðr at Mosfelli, Auðr bygði vestr í Breiðafirði, Helgi bygði norðr í Eyjafirði, all these instances referring to the first settlers of Icel., Íb. ch. 1. 2; en þat vas es hann tók byggva landit, id.; sumar þat er þeir Ingólfr fóru at b. Ísland, the summer before Ingolf settled in Iceland, ch. 6; Íngólfr … bygði fyrstr landit, i. e. Ingolf was the first settler, id.; so in numberless instances, esp. of the Íb. and Landn., e. g. Landn. 42, 334, Eb. 8, Hrafn. 4, Eg. 99, 100; eptir Nóa-flóð lifðu átta menn þeir er heiminn bygðu ( peopled), Edda (pref.)

β. to inhabit, live in a country; þesskonar þjóð es Vínland hefir bygt, Íb. ch. 6; þá er landit hafði sex tigi vetra bygt verit, Landn. 321; þeir b. þat hérað á Vindlandi er Ré heitir, Fms. xi. 378, H. E. i. 494, Bret. 100: allit. phrases, á bygðu bóli, i. e. among men, where men live; bygðr bólstaðr, possessed land, Grág. ii. 214: the proverb, með lögum skal land byggja, with laws shall man build land, i. e. law builds (makes) lands and home; and some add, en með ólögum eyða; eyða ( to lay waste) and byggja are thus opposed to one another, Nj. 106; b. bæ, to settle on a farm; segi ek af því fyrst hversu bærinn hefir bygzk í Skálaholti … Ketilbjörn bygði þann bæ fyrstr er í Skálaholti heitir, Bs. i. 60; hann bygði bæ þann er í Eyju heitir, Gísl. 91, where it does not mean to build houses, as in the mod. use of this phrase, but to settle, Lat. inhabitare.

γ. in more special or law phrases, to dwell in, occupy; b. sæng, to keep one’s bed, sleep, Fas. i. 314; b. eina sæng, of married people, Fms. ii. 134; b. með e-m, to cohabit, Stj. 176; b. höll, to occupy a hall, Fms. vi. 147, x. 236; b. á skipum, undir tjöldum, to live aboard ship, in tents, vii. 138; b. hálfrými, a naut. term, viii. 199: metaph., cf Guð byggvir í þeim, Eluc. 52, cp. also the references from the N. T. above under búa, where most of the Icel. Edd. use byggja.

2. to build a house, ship, or the like, [Scot. and North. E. to big; Dan. bygge; Swed. bygga]: this sense, common over all Scandinavia and North Britain, seems not to occur in Icel. writers before the 15th century or the end of the 14th, but is freq. at the present time; it occurs in the Ann. 1401, 1405, etc. Old writers always say, reisa or göra hús, skip …, not byggja.

3. reflex. to be inhabited; Ísland bygðisk fyrst ór Noregi, Íb. ch. 1; Grænland fansk ok bygðisk af Íslandi, ch. 6; hundraði ára fyrr en Ísland bygðisk af Norðmönnum, Landn. (pref.); en áðr Ísland bygðisk, id.; þá er Ísland fansk ok bygðisk af Noregi, id.

II. [Goth. bugjan, by which Ulf. renders αγοράζειν, and once πωλειν, which is elsewhere rendered by frabugjan; A. S. bycgean; Engl. buy; Hel. buggean]:—to let out, esp. land or cottage; konungr má b. almenning hverjum sem hann vill, Gþl. 453; ef umboðsmaðr konungs byggir jarðar (acc.) konungs … því at svá skal konungs jarðir b. sem um aðrar jarðir skill í lögum, 336; nú byggir maðr dýrra ( lets out at a higher rent) en vandi hefir á verit, 337; Ingimundr bygði þeim Hrolleifi bæinn í Ási, Fs. 34; er þeir bygðu lönd sín eðr tóku sér hjú, Grág. i. 445; hann tók mikit af landnámi Una, ok bygði þat ( parcelled it out) frændum sínum, Landn. 244; byggja e-m út, to expel a tenant; b. e-m inn, to settle a tenant on one’s estate.

2. more properly, to lend money at interest; þat er ok ef menn b. dautt fé, eðr krefja framar af þeim hlutum er menn ljá, en innstæða, K. Á. 204; engi skal b. dautt fé á leigu, Bs. i. 684; um okr, er menn b. dautt fé, H. E. i. 459; Rútr … bygði allt féit, R. put all the money out at interest, Nj. 11.

3. the peculiar eccl. law phrase of the forbidden degrees; b. sifjar, frændsemi, to marry into such or such degree; this phrase may refer to buying (cp. brúðkaup), or to cohabitation; þat er nýmæli, at jafn-náit skal b. sifjar ok frændsemi at fimta manni hvárt, i. e. intermarriage in the fifth degree is allowed, according to the decision of the council of Lateran, A. D. 1215, Grág. i. 304; frændsemi er eigi byggjandi, i. e. is forbidden, 307, 308, 321, N. G. L. i. 350; en þat var bannat með Ásum at b. svá náit at frændsemi, Hkr. Yngl. ch. 4.

III. part. as subst.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BYGGJA

18 FYRIR

for

* * *

prep.

I. with dat.

1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);

fyrir dyrum, before the door;

2) before one, in one’s presence;

hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;

3) for;

hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;

4) before one, in one’s way;

fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;

sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;

5) naut. term. before, off;

liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;

fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;

6) before, at the head of, over;

vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;

vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;

sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;

7) of time, ago;

fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;

fyrir stundu, a while ago;

fyrir löngu, long ago;

vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);

8) before, above, superior to;

Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;

9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;

þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;

tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;

10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;

mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;

varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;

Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;

11) because of, for;

hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;

fyrir hræðslu, for fear;

illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;

gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;

fyrir því at, because, since, as;

12) against;

gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;

beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;

13) fyrir sér, of oneself;

mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;

minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;

14) denoting manner or quality, with;

hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;

II. with acc.

1) before, in front of;

halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;

2) before, into the presence of;

stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;

3) over;

hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;

kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;

4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;

ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;

5) round, off;

sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;

6) along, all along;

fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;

draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;

7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;

fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;

8) for, on behalf of;

vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;

lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;

9) for, for the benefit of;

þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);

10) for, instead of, in place of, as;

11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);

fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);

fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;

12) denoting value, price;

fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;

fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;

13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);

14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);

fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;

fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;

fyrir handan á, beyond the river;

fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;

III. as adverb or ellipt.

1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;

þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;

2) first;

mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;

3) at hand, present, to the fore;

föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;

þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);

4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;

Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;

e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).

* * *

prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]

WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.

2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.

3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.

II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.

2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).

3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.

4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.

III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.

IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.

V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.

B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.

2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.

C. METAPH.:

I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.

II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).

2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.

III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.

2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.

IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.

V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.

2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.

β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.

VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.

VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.

2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.

VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).

β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.

IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.

X. as adverb or ellipt.,

1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.

β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.

2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.

3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.

XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.

XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.

WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.

2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.

3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.

4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).

II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.

III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.

2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.

IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.

B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.

C. METAPH.:

I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.

II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.

III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.

IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.

V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.

VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.

2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.

2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.

VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.

IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.

X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.

2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.

XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.

☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:

I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.

β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.

2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.

II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:

1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.

2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR

19 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).

   ■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).

   ■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.

   ■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.

   ■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.

   ■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.

   ■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.

   ■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.

   ■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.

   ■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.

   ■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.

   ■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.

   ■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.

   ■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Adragão, José Victor. The Algarve: The Land, the Sea and Its People. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.

   ■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.

   ■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.

   ■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.

   ■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.

   ■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.

   ■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.

   ■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.

   ■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.

   ■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)

   ■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.

   ■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ David, Pierre. Etudes Historiques sur la Galice et le Portugal du VI au XII siécle. Paris, 1947.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.

   ■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.

   ■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.

   ■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.

   ■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.

   ■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.

   ■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■. Introduçao à História da Agricultura em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.

   ■. Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.

   ■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.

   ■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.

   ■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.

   ■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.

   ■ Imperial and Early Modern (1415-1822)

   ■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.

   ■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.

   ■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ Bovill, Edward W. The Battle of the Alcazar: An Account of the Defeat of Dom Sebastian at El-Ksar el-Kebir. London, 1952.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.

   ■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.

   ■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.

   ■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.

   ■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.

   ■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.

   ■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.

   ■. The Portugal Trade: A Study of Anglo-Portuguese Commerce, 1700- 1770. London: Methuen, 1971.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal, 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.

   ■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.

   ■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.

   ■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.

   ■. A Economia dos descobrimentos henri-quinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■. Estructura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.

   ■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.

   ■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.

   ■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.

   ■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.

   ■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.

   ■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.

   ■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.

   ■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.

   ■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.

   ■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Constitutional Monarchy and Liberalism (1822-1910)

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.

   ■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.

   ■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.

   ■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.

   ■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. Livre Câmbio e Desenvolvimento Económico: Portugal na segunda metade do século XIX. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. Revolução, Finanças, Dependência Externa ( de 1820 à convenção de Gramido). Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.

   ■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.

   ■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.

   ■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.

   ■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.

   ■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.

   ■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.

   ■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.

   ■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.

   ■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.

   ■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.

   ■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.

   ■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.

   ■. O Futuro de Portugal: Portugal Apos À Guerra. Oporto, 1920.

   ■ Chagas, João. Diário, 1914-1918, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1929-30.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.

   ■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.

   ■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.

   ■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.

   ■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.

   ■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.

   ■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.

   ■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.

   ■ Medeiros, Fernando. Nas Orígens Do A Sociedade E A Economia Portuguesas Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1978. Medina, João. "Oh! a República!...," Estudos sobre o Republicanismo e a Primeira República Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.

   ■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.

   ■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.

   ■. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Alguns aspectos estruturais. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa— 1917. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente— Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.

   ■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.

   ■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.

   ■. The Social Origins of Democratic Collapse: The First Portuguese Republic in the Global Economy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1989.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.

   ■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.

   ■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.

   ■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■. História De Portugal Volume XII: História Diplomática, Social, Económica e Cultural. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.

   ■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.

   ■ Authoritarian Portugal (1926-74)

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■. Um Homem Bom: Aristides De Sousa Mendes, O " Wallenberg Portuguese' Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.

   ■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.

   ■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.

   ■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).

   ■. Monárquicos e Republicanos no Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.

   ■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.

   ■. História Breve das Constituições Portugueses. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial Contributos para uma reavaliação. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.

   ■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.

   ■. As camisas azuis: Ideologias, elites e movimentos fascistas em Portugal, 1914-1945. Lisbon: Estampa, 1994.

   ■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.

   ■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.

   ■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.

   ■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.

   ■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.

   ■. Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Ausentes. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.

   ■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.

   ■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.

   ■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.

   ■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.

   ■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.

   ■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.

   ■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.

   ■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.

   ■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.

   ■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.

   ■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.

   ■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.

   ■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.

   ■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Salazar E Os Fascistas: Salazarismo e Nacional-Sindicalismo: A história dum conflito 1932/1935. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. Ditadura: O " Estado Novo," 2 vols., in his História Contemporânea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.

   ■. História de Portugal, 1933-1974: II Supplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.

   ■. A Liga de Paris E A Ditadura Militar, 1927-1928. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.

   ■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.

   ■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.

   ■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.

   ■. A Preparação Ideológica da Intervenção Militar de 28 de Maio de 1926. Oporto, 1978.

   ■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.

   ■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Discriminação Política No Emprego No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Trabalho, Sindicatos E Greves No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Correspondência Entre Mário De Figueiredo E Oliveira Salazar. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Repressão Política E Social No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Correspondência de Pedro Teotónio Pereira para Oliveira Salazar vol. 1 ( 1931-1939), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1987-89.

   ■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Fascism and Resistance in Portugal: Communists, Liberals and the Military Dissidents in the Opposition to Salazar, 1941-1974. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1988.

   ■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.

   ■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.

   ■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan

   ■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.

   ■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. O Salazarismo E A Aliança Luso-Britânica. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De

   ■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.

   ■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.

   ■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.

   ■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.

   ■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.

   ■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.

   ■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.

   ■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.

   ■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.

   ■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.

   ■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.

   ■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.

   ■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.

   ■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.

   ■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.

   ■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ World War II and Portugal

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.

   ■ Anon., Fugindo a Hitler e a Salazar e ao Holocausto-Refugiados em Portugal entre 1933-1945. Lisbon: Soc. Tipografica, 1994.

   ■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.

   ■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.

   ■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.

   ■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.

   ■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.

   ■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.

   ■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.

   ■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.

   ■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.

   ■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.

   ■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.

   ■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.

   ■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.

   ■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Os Acores E O Controlo Do Atlantico ( 1898/ 1948). Lisbon: Ed. Asa, 1993.

   ■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.

   ■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.

   ■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.

   ■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.

   ■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.

   ■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.

   ■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.

   ■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.

   ■ The Military

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.

   ■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, Jose. O Comportamento Politico dos Militares, Forcas Armadas e Regimes Politicos em Portugal no seculo XX. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992.

   ■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.

   ■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.

   ■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.

   ■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.

   ■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Government and Politics since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.

   ■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.

   ■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.

   ■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.

   ■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.

   ■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.

   ■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.

   ■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.

   ■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Contemporary Portugal since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.

   ■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.

   ■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.

   ■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.

   ■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.

   ■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.

   ■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.

   ■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.

   ■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.

   ■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.

   ■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.

   ■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.

   ■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.

   ■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.

   ■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.

   ■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.

   ■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.

   ■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.

   ■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.

   ■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.

   ■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.

   ■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.

   ■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.

   ■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.

   ■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. Evolução e Instituições: A Extinção dos Grémios da Lavoura Alentejanos. Mem Martins, 1984.

   ■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.

   ■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.

   ■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).

   ■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).

   ■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.

   ■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.

   ■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.

   ■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.

   ■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.

   ■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.

   ■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.

   ■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.

   ■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.

   ■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.

   ■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).

   ■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.

   ■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.

   ■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.

   ■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].

   ■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.

   ■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.

   ■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,

   ■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.

   ■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).

   ■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. País Sem Rumo: Contributo para a História de uma Revolução. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Stock, Maria José. Os Partidos do Poder: Dez Anos Depois do " 25 De Abril." Evora, 1986.

   ■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.

   ■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.

   ■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.

   ■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.

   ■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA

   ■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.

   ■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.

   ■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.

   ■. Condições geográficos e históricas de autonomia política de Portugal. Coimbra, 1935.

   ■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.

   ■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.

   ■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■. A geografia e a divisão regional do país. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.

   ■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.

   ■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.

   ■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.

   ■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY

   ■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).

   ■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da

   ■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.

   ■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.

   ■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.

   ■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.

   ■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.

   ■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.

   ■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.

   ■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:

   ■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.

   ■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS

   ■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.

   ■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.

   ■. The Journal of William Beckford in Portugal and Spain 1787-1788.

   ■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.

   ■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.

   ■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.

   ■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.

   ■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.

   ■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.

   ■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.

   ■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.

   ■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.

   ■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.

   ■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.

   ■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.

   ■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.

   ■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.

   ■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.

   ■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.

   ■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.

   ■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.

   ■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.

   ■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.

   ■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.

   ■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.

   ■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.

   ■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.

   ■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.

   ■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.

   ■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.

   ■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.

   ■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.

   ■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.

   ■. Navegadores, viajantes e adventureiros portugueses: Séculos XV e XVI. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Portuguese Books on Nautical Science from Pedro Nunes to 1650. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.

   ■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.

   ■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. A expansão dos Portugueses no período henriquinho. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Descobrimentos precolombanos dos portugueses. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.

   ■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.

   ■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.

   ■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.

   ■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]

   ■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.

   ■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.

   ■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.

   ■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.

   ■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.

   ■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.

   ■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.

   ■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.

   ■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.

   ■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.

   ■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.

   ■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)

   ■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.

   ■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.

   ■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.

   ■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.

   ■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.

   ■. Velho Brasil, Novas Africas: Portugal e o Império ( 1808-1975). Oporto: Afrontamento, 2000.

   ■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.

   ■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.

   ■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.

   ■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.

   ■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.

   ■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.

   ■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.

   ■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.

   ■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.

   ■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.

   ■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.

   ■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.

   ■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.

   ■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.

   ■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.

   ■ Bhíla, H. H. K. Trade and Politics in a Shona Kingdom: The Manyika and Their Portuguese and African Neighbours, 1875-1902. Harlow, U.K.: Longman, 1990.

   ■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.

   ■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.

   ■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.

   ■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East— Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.

   ■ ———. Salvador de Sá and the Struggle for Brazil and Angola, 1602-1688. London, 1952.

   ■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.

   ■ ———. Race Relations in the Portuguese Colonial Empire, 1415-1825. Oxford:

   ■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.

   ■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.

   ■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.

   ■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.

   ■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.

   ■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.

   ■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.

   ■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.

   ■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.

   ■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.

   ■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.

   ■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.

   ■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.

   ■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.

   ■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.

   ■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.

   ■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.

   ■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.

   ■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.

   ■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.

   ■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.

   ■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.

   ■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.

   ■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.

   ■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.

   ■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.

   ■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.

   ■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.

   ■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.

   ■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.

   ■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.

   ■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.

   ■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.

   ■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.

   ■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.

   ■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.

   ■. Short History of Portuguese Colonization. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.

   ■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.

   ■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.

   ■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.

   ■. Diálogos Interditos: A Política Externa Portuguesa E A Guerra De Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.

   ■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.

   ■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.

   ■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.

   ■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Naissance de la Guinée: Portugais et Africains en Senegambie ( 1841-1936). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1989.

   ■. Timor En Guerre: Le Crocodile et les Portugais ( 1847-1913). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1996.

   ■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).

   ■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.

   ■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.

   ■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.

   ■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.

   ■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.

   ■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.

   ■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.

   ■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.

   ■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.

   ■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.

   ■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.

   ■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.

   ■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.

   ■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.

   ■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.

   ■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.

   ■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. The Reign of the Fortunate King ( Manuel I), 1495-1521. Hamden, Conn.: Archon, 1969.

   ■. Knight of the Renaissance: A Biography of Dom João de Castro. London: Hutchinson, n.d.

   ■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].

   ■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.

   ■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.

   ■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.

   ■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.

   ■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.

   ■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.

   ■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.

   ■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.

   ■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.

   ■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.

   ■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.

   ■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.

   ■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.

   ■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.

   ■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.

   ■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.

   ■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.

   ■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.

   ■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.

   ■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.

   ■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.

   ■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.

   ■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.

   ■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.

   ■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.

   ■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.

   ■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.

   ■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.

   ■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.

   ■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.

   ■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.

   ■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.

   ■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.

   ■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.

   ■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.

   ■ Portuguese Migration and Communities Abroad

   ■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).

   ■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.

   ■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.

   ■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.

   ■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.

   ■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.

   ■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.

   ■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.

   ■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.

   ■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.

   ■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.

   ■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.

   ■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.

   ■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.

   ■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.

   ■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.

   ■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.

   ■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.

   ■. Portugueses e Moçambicanos no Apartheid: Da Ficção à Realidade. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.

   ■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.

   ■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.

   ■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.

   ■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.

   ■. Testemunhos sobre a Emigração Portuguesa: Antologia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.

   ■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.

   ■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Vicente, António Luís. Os Portuguese Nos Estados Unidos Da América: Política De Comunidades E Comunidade Política. Lisbon: FLAD, 1998.

   ■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.

   ■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.

   ■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)

   ■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.

   ■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.

   ■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.

   ■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira— the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.

   ■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.

   ■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.

   ■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.

   ■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.

   ■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.

   ■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.

   ■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.

   ■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.

   ■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.

   ■ Anglo-Portuguese Alliance (1373-Present)

   ■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.

   ■. Para a história da aliança luso-britânica. Lisbon, 1955.

   ■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.

   ■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.

   ■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.

   ■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.

   ■. Portugal e a Internacionalização dos Problemas Africanos. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.

   ■ Crollen, Luc. Portugal, the U.S. and NATO. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1973.

   ■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.

   ■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.

   ■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.

   ■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.

   ■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.

   ■. A Cooperaçio Anglo-Portuguesa na Grande Guerra de 1914-18. Lisbon, 1942.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.

   ■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.

   ■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.

   ■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.

   ■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.

   ■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.

   ■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.

   ■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.

   ■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).

   ■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.

   ■. As Relações Políticas Luso-Britânicas 1910-1916. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.

   ■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.

   ■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.

   ■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.

   ■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.

   ■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY

   ■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.

   ■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.

   ■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.

   ■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.

   ■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.

   ■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.

   ■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.

   ■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.

   ■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.

   ■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.

   ■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.

   ■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.

   ■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.

   ■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.

   ■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.

   ■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.

   ■ Monteiro, Paulo. Terra que ja foi terra: Análise Sociológica de nove lugares agro-pastorais da Serra da Lousã. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.

   ■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.

   ■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.

   ■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.

   ■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.

   ■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In

   ■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.

   ■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.

   ■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.

   ■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.

   ■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.

   ■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.

   ■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.

   ■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.

   ■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.

   ■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.

   ■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.

   ■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.

   ■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.

   ■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.

   ■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.

   ■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC

   ■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.

   ■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.

   ■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.

   ■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.

   ■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.

   ■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.

   ■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. A Reconstrucão e a Arquitectura Pombalina. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.

   ■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.

   ■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.

   ■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.

   ■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.

   ■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.

   ■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.

   ■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.

   ■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.

   ■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■. A música portuguesa e os sus problemas: Ensaios. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.

   ■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.

   ■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.

   ■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.

   ■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.

   ■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.

   ■. Azulejaria em Portugal no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.

   ■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.

   ■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.

   ■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.

   ■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.

   ■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.

   ■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.

   ■ Sculpture and Ceramics

   ■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.

   ■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.

   ■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.

   ■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.

   ■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.

   ■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.

   ■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.

   ■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.

   ■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.

   ■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.

   ■ Cinema

   ■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.

   ■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.

   ■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.

   ■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.

   ■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.

   ■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.

   ■ Children's Literature

   ■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.

   ■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:

   ■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:

   ■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.

   ■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.

   ■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.

   ■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.

   ■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.

   ■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.

   ■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.

   ■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.

   ■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.

   ■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.

   ■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature

   ■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.

   ■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.

   ■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.

   ■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.

   ■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.

   ■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.

   ■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.

   ■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.

   ■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.

   ■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■ The Inquisition in History

   ■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.

   ■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.

   ■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■. História das Inquisições: Portugal, Espanha e Itália. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1994.

   ■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.

   ■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.

   ■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.

   ■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.

   ■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.

   ■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.

   ■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Literature in English Translation: Selection

   ■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.

   ■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.

   ■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.

   ■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.

   ■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.

   ■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.

   ■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.

   ■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.

   ■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.

   ■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.

   ■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.

   ■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.

   ■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.

   ■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.

   ■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.

   ■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.

   ■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.

   ■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.

   ■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.

   ■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.

   ■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.

   ■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.

   ■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.

   ■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.

   ■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].

   ■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George

   ■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.

   ■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.

   ■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.

   ■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.

   ■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.

   ■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.

   ■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.

   ■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.

   ■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.

   ■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.

   ■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.

   ■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.

   ■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.

   ■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.

   ■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.

   ■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.

   ■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.

   ■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.

   ■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.

   ■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.

   ■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.

   ■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.

   ■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.

   ■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.

   ■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.

   ■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.

   ■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.

   ■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.

   ■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.

   ■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.

   ■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.

   ■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.

   ■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.

   ■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.

   ■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine

   ■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.

   ■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.

   ■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.

   ■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.

   ■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.

   ■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.

   ■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.

   ■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.

   ■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.

   ■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■. Self-catering in Portugal: Making the Most of Local Food and Drink. London: Croom Helm, 1986.

   ■ Gardens and Gardening of Portugal and Madeira

   ■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz— The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.

   ■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.

   ■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.

   ■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.

   ■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.

   ■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.

   ■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.

   ■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.

   ■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.

   ■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.

   ■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.

   ■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.

   ■. Ciência e experiência nos Descobrimentos portugueses. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Para a História de Ciência em Portugal. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. As Navegaçoes E A Sua Projecção Na Ciência E Na Cultura. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.

   ■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.

   ■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.

   ■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.

   ■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.

   ■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.

   ■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.

   ■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).

   ■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).

   ■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.

   ■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.

   ■ Silvestre Ribeiro, José. História dos Establecimentos Scientíficos, Literários e Artísticos de Portugal nos Successivos Reinados da Monarchia, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1871-83.

   ■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.

   ■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Feminism and Women's Studies

   ■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.

   ■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.

   ■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.

   ■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.

   ■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Religion and Catholic Church

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.

   ■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.

   ■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.

   ■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.

   ■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing

   ■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.

   ■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.

   ■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.

   ■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.

   ■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.

   ■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.

   ■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.

   ■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.

   ■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.

   ■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.

   ■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.

   ■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.

   ■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.

   ■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.

   ■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.

   ■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Moreira da Fonseca, A. Port Wine: Notes on Its History, Production and Technology. Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.

   ■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.

   ■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.

   ■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.

   ■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.

   ■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.

   ■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.

   ■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT

   ■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.

   ■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.

   ■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.

   ■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.

   ■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.

   ■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.

   ■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).

   ■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.

   ■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.

   ■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.

   ■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.

   ■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.

   ■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].

   ■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.

   ■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.

   ■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.

   ■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.

   ■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.

   ■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.

   ■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.

   ■. As Finanças Públicas Portuguesas Entre As Duas Guerras Mundiais. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.

   ■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.

   ■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.

   ■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.

   ■. Os melhores postais antigos de Lisboa ( The best old postcards of Lisbon). Lisbon: Químera, 1995.

   ■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.

   ■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.

   ■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.

   ■ EQUESTRIANISM

   ■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.

   ■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.

   ■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.

   ■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.

   ■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,

   ■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.

   ■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.com

Historical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

20 make

meik
1. past tense, past participle - made; verb
1) (to create, form or produce: God made the Earth; She makes all her own clothes; He made it out of paper; to make a muddle/mess of the job; to make lunch/coffee; We made an arrangement/agreement/deal/bargain.) hacer, construir, fabricar

2) (to compel, force or cause (a person or thing to do something): They made her do it; He made me laugh.) hacer, obligar

3) (to cause to be: I made it clear; You've made me very unhappy.) hacer, poner, volver

4) (to gain or earn: He makes $100 a week; to make a profit.) ganar, hacer

5) ((of numbers etc) to add up to; to amount to: 2 and 2 make(s) 4.) ser, equivaler

6) (to become, turn into, or be: He'll make an excellent teacher.) ser, hacer

7) (to estimate as: I make the total 483.) calcular

8) (to appoint, or choose, as: He was made manager.) nombrar, elegir

9) (used with many nouns to give a similar meaning to that of the verb from which the noun is formed: He made several attempts (= attempted several times); They made a left turn (= turned left); He made (= offered) a suggestion/proposal; Have you any comments to make?) hacer

2. noun
(a (usually manufacturer's) brand: What make is your new car?) marca

- maker
- making
- make-believe
- make-over
- makeshift
- make-up
- have the makings of
- in the making
- make a/one's bed
- make believe
- make do
- make for
- make it
- make it up
- make something of something
- make of something
- make something of
- make of
- make out
- make over
- make up
- make up for
- make up one's mind
- make up to

make¹ n marca

what make is your watch? ¿de qué marca es tu reloj? / ¿cuál es la marca de tu reloj?

make² vb

1. hacer

I'm making a cake estoy haciendo una tarta

don't make so much noise no hagas tanto ruido

the film made her cry la película la hizo llorar

have you made your bed? ¿te has hecho la cama?

2. fabricar / producir

this factory makes cars esta fábrica produce coches

3. ser

eight and seven make fifteen ocho y siete son quince

to make sure asegurarse

make sure the oven is turned off asegúrate de que esté apagado el horno

El pasado y participio pasado de make es made; el gerundio se escribe making

make

tr[meɪk]

noun

1 (brand) marca

■ what make of car did you buy? ¿de qué marca es el coche que compraste?

transitive verb (pt & pp made, ger making)

1 (produce - gen) hacer; (construct) construir; (manufacture) fabricar; (create) crear; (prepare) preparar

■ we've already made plans for the weekend ya hemos hecho planes para el fin de semana

■ have you made a list? ¿has hecho una lista?

■ he made a fortune hizo una fortuna

■ I'll make some tea haré un poco de té

■ she made some sandwiches hizo unos bocadillos, preparó unos bocadillos

■ he's making a film about the civil war está haciendo una película sobre la guerra civil

■ they're going to make a record van a grabar un disco

■ Parliament makes laws el Parlamento hace las leyes

■ she makes all her own clothes ella misma se hace toda su ropa

■ stop making all that noise! ¡dejad de hacer tanto ruido!

■ these cakes have been made using the finest ingredients estos pastelitos han sido elaborados con ingredientes de primera calidad

2 (carry out, perform) hacer

■ we made a long journey hicimos un largo viaje

■ may I make a suggestion? ¿puedo hacer una sugerencia?

■ the cat's made a hole in the armchair el gato ha hecho un agujero en el sillón

■ I must make a phone call tengo que hacer una llamada

■ she made an important decision tomó una decisión importante

■ he has to make a speech tiene que pronunciar un discurso

■ I made a terrible mistake cometí un gran error

■ we've made arrangements for you to be met at the airport hemos dispuesto que alguien vaya a buscarte al aeropuerto

3 (cause to be) hacer, poner, volver

■ the fish made her ill el pescado le sentó mal

■ the gift made him happy el regalo lo hizo feliz

■ you make me so angry me sacas de quicio

■ the decision made me unpopular le decisión me hizo impopular

■ that dress makes you look slim aquel vestido te hace delgada

■ the news has been made public la noticia se ha hecho pública

■ she couldn't make herself understood no se hacía entender

4 (force, compel) hacer, obligar; (cause to do) hacer

■ they make me go to bed early me obligan a acostarme temprano

■ they made him wait le hicieron esperar

■ peeling onions makes her cry pelar cebollas le hace llorar

■ he makes me laugh me hace reír

■ what makes you say that? ¿por qué dices eso?

5 (be, become) ser, hacer; (cause to be) hacer, convertir en

■ she'll make a good singer será buena cantante, tiene madera de cantante

■ he'll make somebody a good husband será un buen marido para alguien

■ we'll make a champion of you te convertiremos en campeón

■ it'll make a change será un cambio

■ this book makes great reading este libro es estupendo

■ don't make a habit of it que no se convierta en una costumbre

■ you'll make a mess of it lo vas a estropear

6 (earn) ganar, hacer

■ she made 1,000 pounds last week ganó 1.000 libras la semana pasada

■ he makes a living selling imitation jewellery se gana la vida vendiendo bisutería

7 (achieve) conseguir, alcanzar; (arrive at, reach) alcanzar, llegar a; (manage to attend) poder (ir)

■ we made it! ¡lo conseguimos!

■ he made it to the airport just in time llegó al aeropuerto con el tiempo justo

■ their record made number one su disco alcanzó el número uno

■ I can't make it to your party no puedo ir a tu fiesta

■ I can't make it Friday el viernes no puedo

8 (appoint) nombrar; (elect) elegir

■ the king made him a duke el rey lo nombró duque

■ they made her treasurer la eligieron tesorera

9 (calculate, estimate, reckon) calcular

■ I make it ten pounds altogether calculo que son diez libras en total

■ how much do you make it? ¿a ti cuánto te da?

■ what time do you make it? ¿qué hora tienes?

10 (total, equal) ser, equivaler a

■ three and four make seven tres más cuatro son siete

■ with the baby that makes eight of us con el bebé somos ocho

■ that makes the third time you've asked me! ¡es la tercera vez que me lo preguntas!

11 (complete, finish off) dar el toque final a, completar; (assure success of) consagrar

■ the new curtains really make the room las nuevas cortinas dan el toque final a la habitación

■ this book will make her as a novelist este libro la consagrará como novelista

intransitive verb

1 (to be about to) hacer como, hacer ademán de, simular

■ he made as if to kiss her hizo como si la besara

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

to be on the make (for profit) andar tras el dinero, andar intentando sacar tajada 2 (for power) barrer para dentro, barrer para casa 3 (for sex) estar de ligue, andar buscando aventuras

to make a fresh start volver a empezar

to make a go of something sacar algo adelante

to make a loss perder dinero

to make a name for oneself hacerse un nombre

to make a note of something apuntar algo

to make a profit ganar dinero

to make a will hacer su testamento

to make believe hacer ver, imaginarse

■ the children made believe they were on a desert island los niños hacían ver que estaban en una isla desierta

to make do (with something) arreglárselas (con algo)

to make friends hacer amigos

to make fun of burlarse de

to make it a rule to do something tener como norma hacer algo

to make good triunfar

to make something good (pay for, replace) pagar 2 (carry out, fulfil) cumplir con 3 (repair) arreglar

to make it (be successful) tener éxito, llegar hasta arriba

to make like hacer ver, fingir

■ make like you haven't seen him haz ver que no lo has visto

to make nothing of something (achieve easily) hacer algo sin ningún problema 2 (treat as trifling) quitar importancia a algo

to make or break somebody/something significar la consagración o la ruina de alguien/algo

to make sense tener sentido

to make somebody's day alegrarle el día a alguien

to make something clear aclarar algo, dejar algo claro

to make something known dar a conocer algo

to make sure (of something) asegurarse (de algo)

to make the best/most of something sacar partido de algo

to make the bed hacer la cama

make ['meɪk] v, made ['meɪd;] ; making vt

1) create: hacer

to make noise: hacer ruido

2) fashion, manufacture: hacer, fabricar

she made a dress: hizo un vestido

3) devise, form: desarrollar, elaborar, formar

4) constitute: hacer, constituir

made of stone: hecho de piedra

5) prepare: hacer, preparar

6) render: hacer, poner

it makes him nervous: lo pone nervioso

to make someone happy: hacer feliz a alguien

it made me sad: me dio pena

7) perform: hacer

to make a gesture: hacer un gesto

8) compel: hacer, forzar, obligar

9) earn: ganar

to make a living: ganarse la vida

make vi

1) head: ir, dirigirse

we made for home: nos fuimos a casa

2)

to make do : arreglárselas

3)

to make good repay: pagar

4)

to make good succeed: tener éxito

make n

brand: marca f

make

n.

• fabricación s.f.

• hechura s.f.

• marca s.f.

• modelo s.m.

make (sth.) apparent

expr.

• hacer resaltar expr.

make (sth.) stand out

expr.

• hacer resaltar expr.

v.

(§ p.,p.p.: made) = confeccionar v.

• constituir v.

• crear v.

• fabricar v.

• formar v.

• hacer v.

(§pres: hago, haces...) pret: hic-

pp: hecho

fut/c: har-•)

I
1. meɪk
1) (past & past p made) transitive verb

Sense I

2) (create, produce) \<\<paint/cars\>\> hacer*, fabricar*; \<\<dress\>\> hacer*, confeccionar (frml); \<\<meal/cake/sandwich/coffee\>\> hacer*, preparar; \<\<film\>\> hacer*, rodar; \<\<record\>\> grabar; \<\<fire/nest/hole\>\> hacer*; \<\<list/will\>\> hacer*

to make a noise — hacer* ruido

to make a note of something — anotar algo

made in Spain/Mexico — hecho or fabricado en España/México

made in Argentina/Peru — industria or fabricación argentina/peruana

to make something into something: I'll make this material into a skirt con esta tela me haré una falda; to make something out of/from/of something: she made the dress out of an old sheet se hizo el vestido con/de una sábana vieja; we made another meal from the leftovers hicimos otra comida con las sobras; it's made of wood/plastic es de madera/plástico; don't make an enemy of her — no te la eches encima como enemiga; see also difference 1) b), fuss I, mess I 1), 2)

3)

a) ( carry out) \<\<repairs/changes/payment\>\> hacer*, efectuar* (frml); \<\<preparations/arrangements\>\> hacer*; \<\<journey\>\> hacer*

make a left (turn) here — (AmE) dobla or gira a la izquierda aquí

b) \<\<remark/announcement\>\> hacer*

Sense II

4) ( cause to be)

I'll make you happy/rich — te haré feliz/rica

don't make life difficult for yourself — no te compliques la vida

that made me sad — eso me entristeció or me apenó

the work made me thirsty/sleepy — el trabajo me dio sed/sueño

what makes me angry is... — lo que me da rabia es...

I couldn't make myself heard above the noise — no podía conseguir que me oyeran con el ruido

they've made him supervisor — lo han nombrado supervisor, lo han ascendido a supervisor

we'll make a man of you — haremos de ti un hombre

if nine o'clock is too early, make it later — si las nueve es muy temprano, podemos reunirnos (or encontrarnos etc) más tarde

two large pizzas..., no, make that three — dos pizzas grandes..., no, mire, mejor déme tres

5)

a) ( cause to) hacer*

whatever made you do it? — ¿por qué lo hiciste?, ¿qué te llevó a hacer eso?

b) ( compel) obligar* a, hacer*

she was made to apologize — la obligaron a or la hicieron pedir perdón

c) (in phrases)

to make believe: you can't just make believe it never happened no puedes pretender que no sucedió, no puedes hacer como si no hubiera sucedido; to make do (with something), to make something do — arreglárselas con algo

Sense III

6)

a) (constitute, be) ser*

perfume makes the ideal gift — el perfume es el regalo ideal

it would make a nice change — sería un cambio agradable

you'd make a useless nurse — como enfermera serías un desastre

they make a nice couple — hacen buena pareja

b) (equal, amount to) ser*

five plus five makes ten — cinco y or más cinco son diez

that makes two of us — ya somos dos

7) ( calculate)

what do you make the total? — ¿(a ti) cuánto te da?

I make it 253 — (a mí) me da 253

what time do you make it, what do you make the time? — ¿qué hora tienes?

8) ( make fuss)

I think you're making too much of what she said — creo que le estás dándo demasiada importancia a lo que dijo

9)

a) ( understand)

to make something of something: I could make nothing of the message no entendí el mensaje; make of that what you will — tú saca tus propias conclusiones

b) ( think)

to make something of somebody/something: what did you make of him? ¿qué te pareció?; I don't know what to make of it — no sé qué pensar

Sense IV

10)

a) (gain, earn) \<\<money\>\> hacer*

they made a loss/profit — perdieron/ganaron dinero

they made a profit of $20,000 — ganaron or sacaron 20.000 dólares

how much did you make on the deal? — ¿cuánto sacaste or ganaste con el trato?

b) ( acquire) \<\<friends\>\> hacer*

I made a few acquaintances there — conocí a or (frml) trabé conocimiento con algunas personas allí

to make a name for oneself — hacerse* un nombre

11) (colloq) (manage to attend, reach)

I'm afraid I can't make Saturday — me temo que el sábado no puedo

we just made the 3 o'clock train — llegamos justo a tiempo para el tren de las tres

to make it: he'll never make it as a doctor nunca será un buen médico; they made it through to the finals — llegaron a la final

12) ( assure success of)

if you go to Harvard, you're made for life — si vas a Harvard, tienes el futuro asegurado

to make or break something/somebody — ser* el éxito o la ruina de algo/alguien

2.

vi

1) ( make preliminary move)

to make as if o as though to + inf — hacer* ademán de + inf

2) (move, proceed)

they made toward the door — se dirigieron hacia la puerta; see also make for

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- make for

- make off

- make out

- make over

- make up

- make up for

- make up to

II

noun

1) ( brand) marca f

what make is it? — ¿de qué marca es?

2)

to be on the make — (colloq) ( out for gain) estar* intentando sacar tajada (fam); ( looking for a date) estar* de ligue or (AmS) de levante or (Chi) de pinche (fam)

[meɪk] (pt, pp made) When make is part of a set combination, eg make an attempt, make a bow, make a case, make sure, look up the other word.
1. TRANSITIVE VERB

1) (=create, prepare) [+ fire, bed, tea, will, remark, plan, suggestion] hacer; [+ dress] hacer, confeccionar; [+ shelter] construir; [+ meal] hacer, preparar; [+ record] grabar; [+ film] rodar; (=manufacture) [+ tool, machine] fabricar, hacer

I'm going to make a cake — voy a hacer un pastel

I make my bed every morning — me hago la cama cada mañana

he made it himself — lo hizo él mismo

God made man — Dios hizo al hombre

don't make a noise — no hagas ruido

"made in Spain" — [+ tool, machine] "fabricado en España"; [+ dress] "confeccionado en España"; [+ nougat, chocolate] "elaborado en España"

he's as cunning as they make 'em * — es de lo más astuto que hay

this car isn't made to carry eight people — este coche no está pensado para ocho personas

they don't make songs like that any more — ya no componen canciones como las de antes

• they were made for each other — estaban hechos el uno para el otro

her shoes weren't made for walking — llevaba unos zapatos poco adecuados para caminar

• we had the curtains made to measure — nos hicieron las cortinas a medida

• it's made of gold — es de oro, está hecho de oro
show 2., 4)
2) (=carry out) [+ journey, effort] hacer; [+ speech] pronunciar; [+ payment] efectuar; [+ error] cometer

I'd like to make a phone call — quisiera hacer una llamada

he made an agreement to pay off the arrears — se comprometió a pagar los atrasos

3) (=earn) ganar

how much do you make? — ¿cuánto ganas?

he makes £350 a week — gana 350 libras a la semana

the deal made him £500 — ganó 500 libras con el negocio, el negocio le reportó 500 libras

the film made millions — la película recaudó millones

4) (=reach, achieve) [+ place] llegar a

will we make Paris before lunch? — ¿llegaremos a París antes de la hora de comer?

Lara made a hundred — (Cricket) Lara hizo or se anotó 100 carreras

the novel made the bestseller list — la novela entró en las listas de libros más vendidos

• we made it just in time — llegamos justo a tiempo

can you make it by 10? — ¿puedes llegar a las 10?

sorry, I can't make it — lo siento, no puedo or no me va bien

do you think he'll make (it to) university? — ¿crees que conseguirá ir a la universidad?

he made (it into) the first team — consiguió entrar en el primer equipo

you've got the talent to make it — con tu talento llegarás muy lejos

to make it with sb * — (sexually) hacérselo con algn *

• to make land — (Naut) llegar a tierra

• to make port — (Naut) tomar puerto

- he's got it made

5) (=say, agree)

let's make it 9 o'clock — pongamos las 9

another beer, please, no, make that two — otra cerveza por favor, no, que sean dos

6) (=cause to succeed)

this film made her — esta película la consagró

he was made for life — se aseguró un porvenir brillante

to make or break sth/sb —

this deal will make or break him — con este negocio o fracasa o se asegura el éxito

sex can make or break a relationship — el sexo es determinante en una relación, el sexo puede afianzar una relación o hacer que fracase

7) (=constitute)

this log makes a good seat — este tronco va muy bien de asiento

he'll make somebody a good husband — va a ser or hará un buen marido para algn

it'll make a (nice) change not to have to cook every day — lo de no tener que cocinar cada día estará muy bien, ¡qué descanso, no tener que cocinar cada día!

• they make a lovely couple — hacen muy buena pareja

• he'll make a good footballer — será buen futbolista

• it makes pleasant reading — es una lectura amena

• it still doesn't make a set — todavía no completa un juego entero

• it made a nice surprise — fue una sorpresa agradable

8) (=equal)

two and two make four — dos y dos son cuatro

this one makes 20 — con este son or hacen 20

how much does that make (altogether)? — ¿a cuánto sube (en total)?

8 pints make a gallon — 8 pintas hacen or son un galón

9) (=calculate) calcular

what do you make the total? — ¿cuánto calculas que es el total?

how many do you make it? — ¿cuántos calculas que hay?

I make the total 17 — calculo que hay 17 en total

what time do you make it, what do you make the time? — ¿qué hora tienes?

I make it 6 o'clock — yo tengo las 6

10) (Cards) [+ trick] ganar, hacer; (Bridge) [+ contract] cumplir

11) (in set structures)
to make sb sth (=cause to be)
to make sb king — hacer rey a algn

he made her his wife — la hizo su esposa

they've made Owen secretary — han nombrado secretario a Owen

he made her a star — hizo de ella una estrella
to make sb/sth ({+ adjective/past participle}28})
to make sb happy — hacer feliz a algn

to make sb angry — poner furioso a algn

to make o.s. heard — hacerse oír

the noise made concentration difficult or made it difficult to concentrate — con ese ruido era difícil concentrarse

why make things difficult for yourself? — ¿por qué te complicas la vida?
ill 1., 1), sick 1., 2), unhappy to make sth/sb into sth convertir algo/a algn en algo
we made the guest room into a study — convertimos la habitación de los invitados en estudio

they have made him into a cult figure — lo han convertido en un ídolo

the fibres are made into rope — con las fibras se hace cuerda
to make sb do sth (=cause to do sth) hacer a algn hacer algo; (=force to do sth) hacer a algn hacer algo, obligar a algn a hacer algo
to make sb laugh/cry — hacer reír/llorar a algn

now look what you've made me do! — ¡mira lo que me has hecho hacer!

what made you say that? — ¿cómo se te ocurrió decir eso?, ¿por qué dijiste eso?

what makes you do it? — ¿qué es lo que te lleva a hacerlo?

it makes you think, doesn't it? — da que pensar ¿no?

he made me apologize to the teacher — me hizo pedir perdón or me obligó a pedir perdón al profesor

you can't make me (do it) — no puedes obligarme (a hacerlo)

I was made to wait for an hour — me hicieron esperar una hora
to make o.s. do sth obligarse a hacer algo
I have to make myself (do it) — tengo que obligarme (a hacerlo), tengo que hacer un esfuerzo (por hacerlo)

she made herself look him in the eye — tuvo que obligarse a mirarle a los ojos
to make sth do, make [do] with sth arreglárselas or apañárselas con algo
I'll make do with what I've got — me las arreglaré con lo que tengo

12) (in set expressions)
to make good [+ promise] cumplir; [+ accusation] hacer bueno, probar; [+ claim] justificar; [+ loss] compensar; [+ damage] reparar; (=pay) pagar make 2. to make sth of sth (=understand)
I don't know what to make of it — no sé qué pensar

what do you make of Anna? — ¿qué piensas de Anna?, ¿qué te parece Anna?

what do you make of this? — ¿qué te parece esto?

I can't make anything of this letter — no entiendo nada de lo que pone esta carta, no saco nada en claro de esta carta
(=give importance to)
I think you're making rather too much of what I said — creo que le estás dando demasiada importancia a lo que dije
issue 1., 1)
2.

INTRANSITIVE VERB (in set expressions)

• to make after sb — perseguir a algn, correr tras algn

• he made as if to — + infin hizo como si + subjun, hizo ademán de + infin

he made as if to strike me — hizo como si me fuera a pegar, hizo ademán de pegarme

• to make good — [ex-criminal] rehabilitar, reformar

• he was making like he didn't have any money — (US) * hacía como si no tuviera dinero

- it's make or break time for the England team

3.

NOUN (=brand) marca f

what make of car was it? — ¿qué marca de coche era?

they are our own make — son de nuestra propia marca

they have rifles of Belgian make — tienen fusiles de fabricación belga

- be on the make

- make away

- make away with

- make for

- make off

- make out

- make over

- make up

- make up for

- make up on

- make up to

* * *

I
1. [meɪk]
1) (past & past p made) transitive verb

Sense I

2) (create, produce) \<\<paint/cars\>\> hacer*, fabricar*; \<\<dress\>\> hacer*, confeccionar (frml); \<\<meal/cake/sandwich/coffee\>\> hacer*, preparar; \<\<film\>\> hacer*, rodar; \<\<record\>\> grabar; \<\<fire/nest/hole\>\> hacer*; \<\<list/will\>\> hacer*

to make a noise — hacer* ruido

to make a note of something — anotar algo

made in Spain/Mexico — hecho or fabricado en España/México

made in Argentina/Peru — industria or fabricación argentina/peruana

to make something into something: I'll make this material into a skirt con esta tela me haré una falda; to make something out of/from/of something: she made the dress out of an old sheet se hizo el vestido con/de una sábana vieja; we made another meal from the leftovers hicimos otra comida con las sobras; it's made of wood/plastic es de madera/plástico; don't make an enemy of her — no te la eches encima como enemiga; see also difference 1) b), fuss I, mess I 1), 2)

3)

a) ( carry out) \<\<repairs/changes/payment\>\> hacer*, efectuar* (frml); \<\<preparations/arrangements\>\> hacer*; \<\<journey\>\> hacer*

make a left (turn) here — (AmE) dobla or gira a la izquierda aquí

b) \<\<remark/announcement\>\> hacer*

Sense II

4) ( cause to be)

I'll make you happy/rich — te haré feliz/rica

don't make life difficult for yourself — no te compliques la vida

that made me sad — eso me entristeció or me apenó

the work made me thirsty/sleepy — el trabajo me dio sed/sueño

what makes me angry is... — lo que me da rabia es...

I couldn't make myself heard above the noise — no podía conseguir que me oyeran con el ruido

they've made him supervisor — lo han nombrado supervisor, lo han ascendido a supervisor

we'll make a man of you — haremos de ti un hombre

if nine o'clock is too early, make it later — si las nueve es muy temprano, podemos reunirnos (or encontrarnos etc) más tarde

two large pizzas..., no, make that three — dos pizzas grandes..., no, mire, mejor déme tres

5)

a) ( cause to) hacer*

whatever made you do it? — ¿por qué lo hiciste?, ¿qué te llevó a hacer eso?

b) ( compel) obligar* a, hacer*

she was made to apologize — la obligaron a or la hicieron pedir perdón

c) (in phrases)

to make believe: you can't just make believe it never happened no puedes pretender que no sucedió, no puedes hacer como si no hubiera sucedido; to make do (with something), to make something do — arreglárselas con algo

Sense III

6)

a) (constitute, be) ser*

perfume makes the ideal gift — el perfume es el regalo ideal

it would make a nice change — sería un cambio agradable

you'd make a useless nurse — como enfermera serías un desastre

they make a nice couple — hacen buena pareja

b) (equal, amount to) ser*

five plus five makes ten — cinco y or más cinco son diez

that makes two of us — ya somos dos

7) ( calculate)

what do you make the total? — ¿(a ti) cuánto te da?

I make it 253 — (a mí) me da 253

what time do you make it, what do you make the time? — ¿qué hora tienes?

8) ( make fuss)

I think you're making too much of what she said — creo que le estás dándo demasiada importancia a lo que dijo

9)

a) ( understand)

to make something of something: I could make nothing of the message no entendí el mensaje; make of that what you will — tú saca tus propias conclusiones

b) ( think)

to make something of somebody/something: what did you make of him? ¿qué te pareció?; I don't know what to make of it — no sé qué pensar

Sense IV

10)

a) (gain, earn) \<\<money\>\> hacer*

they made a loss/profit — perdieron/ganaron dinero

they made a profit of $20,000 — ganaron or sacaron 20.000 dólares

how much did you make on the deal? — ¿cuánto sacaste or ganaste con el trato?

b) ( acquire) \<\<friends\>\> hacer*

I made a few acquaintances there — conocí a or (frml) trabé conocimiento con algunas personas allí

to make a name for oneself — hacerse* un nombre

11) (colloq) (manage to attend, reach)

I'm afraid I can't make Saturday — me temo que el sábado no puedo

we just made the 3 o'clock train — llegamos justo a tiempo para el tren de las tres

to make it: he'll never make it as a doctor nunca será un buen médico; they made it through to the finals — llegaron a la final

12) ( assure success of)

if you go to Harvard, you're made for life — si vas a Harvard, tienes el futuro asegurado

to make or break something/somebody — ser* el éxito o la ruina de algo/alguien

2.

vi

1) ( make preliminary move)

to make as if o as though to + inf — hacer* ademán de + inf

2) (move, proceed)

they made toward the door — se dirigieron hacia la puerta; see also make for

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- make for

- make off

- make out

- make over

- make up

- make up for

- make up to

II

noun

1) ( brand) marca f

what make is it? — ¿de qué marca es?

2)

to be on the make — (colloq) ( out for gain) estar* intentando sacar tajada (fam); ( looking for a date) estar* de ligue or (AmS) de levante or (Chi) de pinche (fam)

English-spanish dictionary > make

Страницы

Следующая →

1

2

3

4

См. также в других словарях:

350.org — 350 Tipo ONG Objetivos Reducir las emisiones de CO2 y construir un movimiento global para soluciones climáticas. Fundación 2007 Sede Berkeley, California … Wikipedia Español

People's Republic of Bulgaria — Народна република България Narodna republika Balgariya Satellite state of the Soviet Union ← … Wikipedia

350 West Mart Center — Apparel Center sits at a juncture in the Chicago River known as Wolf Point. Among the buildings and structures shown are (left to right) Left Bank at K Station (300 North Canal), 333 North Canal, Kinzie Street railroad bridge, 350 West Mart… … Wikipedia

350 Ornamenta — Discovery Discovered by Auguste Charlois Discovery date December 14, 1892 Designations Alternate name(s) 1892 U … Wikipedia

People’s Orb — (dt. etwa Himmelskörper des Volkes, Globus der Menschen oder Volksglobus) ist eine silberne Kugel mit einem Durchmesser von etwa 20 cm, welche eine Festplatte mit einem Speicher von 350 Gigabyte beinhaltet[1]. Sie ist Bestandteil der Aktion… … Deutsch Wikipedia

People's Liberation Army Navy — 中国人民解放军海军 People s Liberation Army Navy Active since September 1950 … Wikipedia

People smuggling — Over a thousand men, smuggled into Oman, return to Pakistan by boat after they were arrested. South Asians are smuggled into the Middle East each year, but many are caught and sent back. People smuggling (also called human smuggling) is defined… … Wikipedia

People's Republic of China–United States relations — U.S. China relations refers to international relations between the United States of America and the People s Republic of China. Most analysts have characterized present Sino American relations as complex and multi faceted, with the United States… … Wikipedia

People's Republic of Hungary — Not to be confused with Hungarian Soviet Republic. People s Republic of Hungary Magyar Népköztársaság Satellite state of the Soviet Union … Wikipedia

People for the Ethical Treatment of Animals — PETA redirects here. For other uses, see Peta (disambiguation). Founder(s) Ingrid Newkirk and Alex Pacheco … Wikipedia

People's Party (Spain) — Infobox Political Party party name = Partido Popular colorcode = #2A52BE party leader = Mariano Rajoy Brey foundation = October 9, 1976 (AP) January 20, 1989 (PP) ideology = Conservatism, Liberal conservatism, Christian democracy headquarters =… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

350 people

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

350 people

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: